K-12 TLE-HE LM_Travel Services G10

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

K to 12 Basic Education Program TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION HOME ECONOMICS

LEARNER’S MATERIAL

TRAVEL SERVICES

Specialization Course for Grade 10

1

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Table of Contents Cover Page Table of Contents Introduction...……………………………………………………….……………… Content Standard and Performance Standard Objectives Program Requirements Learning Episodes How to Use this Learning Material Diagnostic Assessment……………………………………………………... Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs) Environment and Market (EM) Quarter I Overview Objectives Pre-Test 1……………………………………………………………….…… Lesson 1: THE PHILIPPINE TOURISM INDUSTRY (PT) Learning Outcome 1 Understand the Vital Function of the Philippine Tourism Offices Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Role of the Private Sector in the Philippine Tourism Industry Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………….. Lesson 2: Travel MANAGEMENT COMPANIES AND TRAVEL AGENCIES (TM) Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Travel Management Companies and Travel Agencies Learning Outcome 2 State the Functions of Travel Management Company (TMC) /Travel Agency Learning Outcome 3 Explain the Organizational Structure of TMC/Travel Agency Learning Outcome 4 Plan to Put Up a Travel Agency Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………….. Post-Test 1…………………………………...……………………………….

2

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Quarter II Overview Objectives Pre-Test 2…………………………………………………………….. Lesson 1: MARKET AND DESTINATION (MD) Learning Outcome 1 Identify the Markets and Destinations Learning Outcome 2 Discuss the Types of Tourism Learning Outcome 3 Assess and Match Travel Destination Suitable for Travelers Learning Outcome 4 Read and Interpret Map Learning Outcome 5 Recognize Famous Tourist Destinations in the World Enhancement Activity…………………………………………………….. Lesson 2: THE INTERNET AND E-TRAVEL COMMERCE (ET) Learning Outcome 1 Practice the Internet and E-Travel Commerce Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Capabilities of Global Distribution System (GDS) Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………….. Post-Test 2…………………………………………………………………… Quarter III Overview Objectives Pre-Test 3…………………………………………………………………… Lesson 1: THE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT CYCLE Learning Outcome 1 Arrange Flight Itinerary Using a Map and Planner Learning Outcome 2 Discuss Flight Reservation and Confirmation Learning Outcome 3 Follow Rules and Principles in Airfare Calculation and Travel Documentation Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………… Lesson 2: CORPORATE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT Learning Outcome 1 Practice Corporate Travel Management Learning Outcome 2 Explain the MICE of Travel Management Learning Outcome 3 Describe the Intranet and Extranets in Travel Management Enhancement………………………………………………………………. Post-Test 3…………………………………………………………………

3

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Quarter IV Overview Objectives Pre-Test 4…………………………………………………………....………. Lesson 1: TOUR AND TRAVEL PRODUCTS Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Tour and Travel Products Learning Outcome 2 Identify the Maritime Travel Products Learning Outcome 3 Determine the Types of Lodging/Accommodation Establishments in the Philippines Learning Outcome 4 Discuss the Group Travel Arrangements Enhancement Activity…………………………………………………… Lesson 2: TRAVEL AGENCY ACCOUNTING DOCUMENTS & THE BILLING STATEMENT PLAN Learning Outcome 1 Process Travel and Tour Accounting Documents Learning Outcome 2 Follow Procedures for Airline Ticket Payment Through the Banking System Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………. Integration……………………………………………………………………. Post-Test 4…………………….……..…………………………………… Summative Assessment………………….…………………………………….. Synthesis……………………….………………………………………………... Glossary…………………….……………………………………………………. References……………….……………………………………………………...

4

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Introduction Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) is one nomenclature in the implementation of the K to 12 Basic Education Program (BEP). It is composed of four components, namely, Agri-Fishery Arts, Home Economics, Industrial Arts and Information and Communication Technology. In this learning material, the focus is on a course in Home Economics – Travel Services. The course provides varied and relevant activities and opportunities to determine your understanding of the key concepts and to demonstrate core competencies as prescribed in TESDA Training Regulation in Travel Services. Thus, it aims to provide quality service to target clients along side of assessing yourself as to the aspects of business that you may consider to strengthen and safeguard before you become a part of the travel service provider sector. The world of work today presents a picture of available jobs that are getting scarcer each year. To address this reality, the Department of Education is stretching its available resources, prioritizing needs, and developing sustainable programs to lead and to prepare the young minds as future skillful travel agents or to any related jobs. The department further believes that it is in honing the skills the learner can have an edge over other job seekers. DepEd endeavors to equip the learners with the appropriate knowledge, attitude, values and skills necessary to become productive citizen of our society. This learning material is specifically crafted to focus on the different activities that will assess your level in terms of skills and knowledge necessary to get a Certificate of Competency and/or National Certification. This learning material will surely make you a certified travel service provider. So, explore and experience the K to 12 TLE Curriculum!

5

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Content Standard The learners demonstrate understanding of the concepts and theories in Travel Services.

Performance Standard The learner independently demonstrates competencies in Travel Services as prescribed in the TESDA Training Regulation.

Objectives This module is dedicated for learners who aspire to improve their understanding and skills in Travel Services and serve as their guide in attaining the National Certificate Level II (NCII). Generally, learners are expected to become proficient in performing skills on the following competencies: 1. explain key concepts in Travel Services; 2. discuss the relevance of the course; and 3. explore career opportunities for Travel Services.

Program Requirements Grade 10 students who will take Travel Services course as their specialization in Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) – Home Economics should have successfully taken the exploratory courses in their Grade 7/8 and have successfully completed any skill specialization in Grade 9. The student of this course must possess the following: 1. Excellent communication skills (must be proficient in the Native Language/s; Filipino, English, and/or Foreign language/s); 2. Computer literacy; 3. Good visual impact and pleasing personality; and 4. Perfect vision (20/20) or if with contact lenses should not be beyond 20/30. 6

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Learners are expected to manifest a desire to further develop their knowledge and skill in Travel Services. They should have a clear understanding about booking travel-related reservation, administering billing and settlement plan, and issuing air, sea, land tickets and multi-purpose documents. Learners are required to demonstrate desirable work habits and attitudes towards the completion of outputs. The learner’s materials should be taken for the whole year round, with a total of 40 hours per quarter. Lessons should be taken one at a time, following the correct sequence being presented and should accomplish the assessment or enhancement activity before proceeding to the next lesson. Along the learning process, learners of this course are also required to complete the 25-hour industry involvement to different travel sectors such as travel agencies and airlines for them to become familiar with the nature of the actual workplace.

Learning Episodes This learning resource is subdivided into four (4) quarters which may serve as the recommended scope and limit for every academic grading period. Every quarter, there are lessons that comprise the learning outcomes. Before exploring the core competencies of Travel Services, you will be guided on how to assess your own Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies and Skills (PECS) and let you demonstrate your understanding about the Environment and Market. Quarter I includes Lesson 1 on The Philippine Tourism Industry that enables you to understand the vital function and role of the government and private sectors in managing and developing the Philippine tourism industry, and Lesson 2 on Travel Management Companies explains the organizational set up and function of travel agencies/TMCs as intermediary between the travel producers and clients.

7

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Quarter II has two lessons namely: Lesson 1 Market and Destination and Lesson 2 The Internet and E-Travel Commerce. Lesson 1 expects you to identify and assess the travel markets and match them with the suitable destination, while Lesson 2 allows you to practice the internet and E-travel commerce, describe the capabilities of a Global Distribution System (GDS) and work with the Amadeus GDS environment.

Quarter III covers two Lessons namely: Lesson 1 The Travel Management Cycle that will let you arrange flight itinerary using a map and planner, discuss flight reservation and confirmation, and follow rules and principles in airfare calculation and travel documentation; on the other hand, Lesson 2 Corporate Travel Management expects you to practice corporate travel management, explain the characteristics of Meetings, Incentives, Convention and Exhibitions (MICE), and describe the usage of Intranet and Extranet in travel management.

Quarter IV details about Lesson 1 Tour and Travel Products that lets you identify the different travel products in the country; and lastly, in Lesson 2 Travel and Tour Accounting Documents and Billing Settlement Plan, you will process travel and accounting documents, and follow procedures for airline ticket payment through the banking system.

Good luck and use this learning material as your guide to become a successful travel service provider in the future.

8

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

HOW TO USE THIS LEARNING MATERIAL?

Here are some reminders for you as you use the modules. Be sure to take note of them. 1. A diagnostic test precedes the activities in this learning material. Prepare answer sheet where you can accomplish the tests in each learning episodes. Complete the diagnostic test first before you go through the activities. The diagnostic test determines how much you know about the lessons in the learning material and identifies the areas you ought to learn more. Your teacher will assist you to check and to analyze your score in relation to your learning needs. 2. Each learning material has a sequence of activities. It contains integrative and relevant information worthy of learning prescribed competencies and performing the necessary tasks. Go over each activity carefully. If you encounter difficulties, do not hesitate to consult your teacher for assistance. Do not skip any topic unless you are told to do so. REMEMBER that each activity is a preparation for the succeeding activities. 3. For every lesson/learning outcome an enhancement activity follows to help enrich the knowledge and skills you have gained. 4. When you have successfully finished all tasks in the learning material, answer the post test to be given by your teacher. Your score will be analyzed and will be used by your teacher for the computation of your grade. 5. Lastly, DO NOT mark the learning material in any way.

9

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

DIAGNOSTIC ASSESSMENT A. Multiple Choice Direction: Read the statements carefully and write the letter of your best choice in your answer sheet. 1. This means to be innovative, to have an edge over the other competitors a. people skills b. creativity c. profit oriented d. discipline 2. This is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures the essence of your brand. a. Product Naming b. Unique Selling Proposition c. Branding d. Tagline 3. Refers to a skill in strategic thinking and setting of goals a. decision making b. hardworking c. planning d. self-confidence 4. In this stage, the needs of the target market are identified, reviewed and evaluated. a. Concept Development b. Economic Analysis c. Project Development d. Refine Specification 5. This is generated by examining what goods and services are sold outside by the community. a. Business Creation b. Business Pricing c. Business Concept d. Business Idea 10

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

6. The government agency that has the authority to regulate, supervise, and license all tourism sub-sectors a. Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG) b. Department of Tourism (DOT) c. Philippine Tourism Authority (PTA) d. Philippine National Police (PNP) 7. This kind of tourist destination will surely bring relaxation and relieve stress to the visitors during their spear time. Some of which are the theme park, casino, fitness center, and spa center a. Entertainment b. Shopping c. Recreation d. Education 8. The company that offers travel services by sea a. Sulpicio Lines b. Victory Liner c. Cebu Pacific d. PAL Express 9. As stipulated in the law, travel agencies have the right to collect commission from the travel producers/vendor of about 10 t0 15% of the product selling price which pertains to a. Rate-minus b. Net-plus c. Cost-plus d. Rate-cost 10. Travel Management Company (TMC) performs the following role in the travel distribution cycle, except a. As retailer b. As product producer c. As counselor d. As profit earner

11

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

11. Type of business entity organized by two or more individuals who agree to share responsibilities with regard to business management and finances. a. Sole proprietorship b. Cooperative c. Corporation d. Partnership 12. This TMC department segment will benefit when the marketing plans are effectively delivered to the consuming public. a. Personnel b. Sales c. Accounting d. Operations 13. It is described as that which motivates travelers to visit places is the recognition they receive from locals because of their distinguished social status, achievement, education, and good reputation. a. Interpersonal motive b. Cultural motive c. Status and prestige d. Physical motive 14. Clients who have not yet established their own family have the greater tendency to avail of travel packages. The basis for this travel motivator is a. Gender b. Civil Status c. Education d. Budget 15. An example of lodging establishment a. Shopping mall b. Cafeteria c. R&E Transport d. Apartel 16. The type of tourism Aling Nenita does when visiting various churches in Luzon during the Lenten season. a. Historical tourism b. Religious tourism c. Eco-tourism d. Cultural tourism 12

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

17. A kind of traveler who is willing to pay more for as long as the best travel services will be given to him a. Regular traveler b. Budget traveler c. High-end traveler d. Corporate traveler 18. The part of the Philippine map that defines all symbols, colors, and other markings used in the illustration. a. Label b. Scale c. Title d. Legend 19. Pertains to water passage between lands. a. Strait b. Fjords c. Bay d. Gulf 20. Russia is part of this continental land area. a. South America b. Middle East c. Europe d. Africa 21.The continent land area where you can find nature’s wonder, the “Great Barrier Reef” a. North America b. South America c. Oceania d. Asia 22. Below are the typical functions of a Computerized Reservation System (CRS), except a. Confirm seat availability information b. Cancel existing reservations c. Provide reservation information d. Sell tickets for multiple airlines 13

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

23. This refers to Worldspan’s pre-ticketing fare tool that protects airline against incorrectly priced or reissued tickets. a. Worldspan FareSource b. Worldspan SecuRate Air c. Travelport Rapid Reprice d. Travelport FareVerified 24. Which of these is not a Global Distribution System? a. Amadeus b. Galileo c. Experia d. Sabre 25. What Department of Tourism office formulates the tourism standards, approves the construction of tourism establishments, and accredits the operations of travel agencies? a. Planning, Product Development and Coordination b. Tourism Promotions c. Tourism Services and Regional Offices d. Internal Services 26. The complete record of all requirements of the passenger, and provides a history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and relevant information. a. Booking Card b. Itinerary Card c. Passport d. None of the Above 27. This is the flight schedule requested to be included in the client’s itinerary. a. Flight Itinerary b. Estimated Time of Arrival c. Estimated Time of Departure d. Passenger’s Number Record 28. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and makes a change online or interline in one or more cities en route a. Non-stop Flight b. Direct Flight c. Connecting Flight d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight 14

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

29. Contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a one-week period. a. Schedule Display b. Time-Table Display c. Flight Information d. Airtime Access Levels 30. A term that refers to coming together of a group of people with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or purposes a. Meetings b. Seminars c. Workshops d. Incentives 31. This is a group meeting devoted to analyze solutions of concrete problems, or to acquire specific skills or knowledge in a particular field a. Clinic b. Retreat c. Conclave d. Assembly 32. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to study the same subjects. a. Class b. Clinic c. Press Conference d. Panel 33. This refers to any private meeting or secret assembly that is held to elect a new pope. It may also be applied in the boardroom of a corporation, when the directors meet in secret to discuss a possible hostile takeover a. b. c. d.

Clinic Retreat Conclave Assembly

15

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

34. Refers to those travelers of executive rank, such as directors, assistant and executive vice presidents, presidents, chairperson and the like, traveling to represent the company in events overseas, or to attend corporate affairs in a multinational setting a. Mariners b. Corporate Executives c. Business persons d. Land-based overseas workers 35. Refers to the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on each side which can sit up to three people a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class 36. This flight class has air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the cabin. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class 37. The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines today, that operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour packages a. Super Ferry b. NENACO c. Sun Cruises d. Star Cruises 38. The other name for Line MRT-3 a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line

16

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

39. Refers to sightseeing tours with other individual on a first-come-firstaccommodated basis, on schedule departures. a. Seat-in-coach b. Private Tours c. Escorted Tours d. Sightseeing Tours 40. Refers to a retail business that sells travel products and services to customers on behalf of suppliers a. Travel Agency b. Retail Agency c. Product Agency d. Suppliers Agency 41. The name of the card that provides health and accident security overseas in a manner that the host country handles all the necessary requirements a traveler may have. a. Tour Card b. Multipurpose Card c. Assist Card d. Departure Card 42. The meaning of AITA a. International Air Transportation Association b. Interrelated Air Transportation Association c. Interrupted Air Transportation Association d. Intermission Air Transportation Association 43. The meaning of ADM a. Agency Debris Memo b. Agency Debit Memo c. Agency Detour Memo d. Agency Dire Memo 44. Characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler. a. TMC/ Travel Agency b. TTMC/ Travel Agency c. AITA/ Travel Agency d. BSP/Travel Agency 17

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

45. What is the meaning of GDS? a. Global Distribution System b. Gather Data System c. General Display System d. Gate Delivery System 46. A publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide a. Resort and Travel Index b. Hotel and Travel Index c. Reed Travel Index d. Comprehensive Hotels and Reed Travel Index 47. It brings its unique style to the sea with its ships named Disney Magic and Disney Wonder a. Super Disney Ferry b. Land Cruise c. Disney Cruise Line d. Princess Cruise 48. It refers to a special travel arrangement for pilgrims, students, and any other form of travel that does not fall under the previous category. a. Ad Hoc b. Ad Coalium c. Ad Initio d. Prima Facie 49. The other name for Line MRT-2

a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line 50. The feature of a flight class with individual air-conditioned cabins. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class

18

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCIES

Content Standards

Performance Standards

The learner independently creates a The learner demonstrates plan of action that strengthens understanding of one’s PECs in and/or further develops his/her Travel Services. PECs in Travel Services.

Time Allotment: 4 hours Module 1 Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies Introduction In this module you will learn more about entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurial competencies related to Travel Services. You will have a firsthand experience in educational activities leading to personal assessment of your entrepreneurial competencies and assessment of entrepreneurial competencies of a successful Travel Agent respectively within your province. You will also have some activities to align your competencies with the competencies of successful practitioners. Moreover, this module is designed to stimulate your mind to think about entrepreneurship, its role in the business community in particular and to the economic and social development in general. Now, to start with this module, let us discuss/explain the terms entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurs are people with skills and capabilities to see and evaluate business opportunities. They are individuals that can strategically identify products or services needed by the community and deliver these at the right time and the right place.

19

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Entrepreneurs are agents of economic change; they organize, manage and assume risks of a business. Some of the good qualities of an entrepreneur are opportunity seeker, risk taker, goal setter, excellent planner, a confident problem solver, as well as hardworking, persistent and committed describes the worker. Entrepreneurship is a science that deals with evaluating a simple business activity. It is a strategic process of innovation and new venture creation. Basically, entrepreneurship is both an art and science of converting business ideas into marketable products or services to improve the quality of living. Now that you have a little background knowledge about entrepreneur and entrepreneurship, you can now walk through in assessing your Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs). Always remember that “Successful entrepreneurs continuously develop and improve their PECs.” To begin with, let us first try to find out the competencies you will master after finishing this module. OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you are expected to:   

identify areas for improvement, development and growth; align your PECs according to your business/career choice; and create a plan of action that ensures success in your business/career choice.

Now, try to take the first challenge in this module -- the preassessment. PRE-ASSESSMENT As part of your initial activity, you will be challenged to dig deeper into your knowledge and previous experiences on the topic. Try to diagnose/assess what you already know about personal entrepreneurial competencies by answering Task 1.

20

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Task 1: Matching Type Direction: Match the entrepreneurial competencies in column A with their meaning in column B. Choose the letter that describes the statement, write your answer in your quiz notebook. Column A ____1. Creative ____2. Profit Oriented ____3. Discipline ____4. Decision Making ____5. People Skill ____6. Planner ____7. Self-confidence ____8. Hardworking ____9. Ability to accept change ____10. Committed

Column B a. make a wise decision towards the set objectives b. strategic thinking and setting of goals c. trust in one’s ability d. adaptable to change e. innovative, to have edge over the other competitors f. solid dedication g. skillful in record keeping h. always stick to the plan i. working diligently j effective and efficient communication and relation to people k. always looking for income

Task 2: Guide Questions Direction: The following are guide questions which encapsulate the entire module. Write your answers on your assignment notebook, then share these to class. A. Explain why entrepreneurial activities are important to social development and progress of the economy. B. What entrepreneurial activities do you know and are capable of doing which are related to Travel Services? C. Given the opportunity to own a business that is related with Travel Services, are you confident to manage it? Explain your answer. D. What do you think are the most important competencies you must possess in order to be successful in running your chosen business? E. Name successful entrepreneurs from your province whose business is related to Travel Services. Be able to share to the class their PECs that made them successful.

21

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

After all the guide questions have been answered to the best of your knowledge and skills, share these with your classmates. You too, may compare your insights, personal knowledge of, and relevant experiences on the topic to make it more exciting and engaging.

LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET After reading and understanding the objectives of this module and having gone through pre-assessment and answering the guide questions, you will be asked to set your own personal goals. These goals will trigger you to further achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these goals will motivate you to learn more about PECs.

Goals and Targets

Learning Activities

Ultimate Goal

Figure 1: Strategic process to achieve the objectives of this module READING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES After setting your own personal goals and targets to achieve the objectives of this module, check first your inherent knowledge of PECs. Try to answer the following guide questions with the assistance of your classmates. Task 3: Group Activity Direction: Answer the following guide questions on a separate sheet of paper. Share your answers in class. 1. Explain the importance of assessing one’s PECs before engaging in a particular entrepreneurial activity. _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ 22

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Are there other strategies or approaches where you can assess your PECs? Explain how these can become more useful in selecting a viable business venture. _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ 3. What are the desirable personal characteristics, attributes, lifestyles, skills and traits of a prospective entrepreneur? Why do you think these are important? _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ 4. Why is there a need to assess one’s PECs in terms of characteristics, attributes, lifestyles, skills and traits before starting a particular business? _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________

5. What is the significance of evaluating the PECs of a successful entrepreneur? What helpful insights can you draw from this activity? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ How was your experience in answering the guide questions with your classmates? Were you able to benefit from them? What were the insights you have realized? Now, this time you’re going to study the different topics that will enrich your knowledge of PECs. Read carefully all the important details about the succeeding topic.

23

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Know Assessment of Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs) and skills vis-à-vis a practicing entrepreneur/employee in a province. Entrepreneurial competencies refer to the important characteristics that should be possessed by an individual in order to perform entrepreneurial functions effectively. In this module, you will learn some of the most important characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills and traits of a successful entrepreneur in order to be successful in a chosen career. Below are a few important characteristics/traits/attributes of a good entrepreneur: 

Hardworking: One of the important characteristics of a good entrepreneur is hardworking. This means habitually working diligently for long period of hours. A hardworking person keeps on improving his/her performance to produce good products and/or provide good services.



Self-confident: An entrepreneur has confidence in one’s ability and own judgment. He/She exhibits self-confidence in order to cope with all the risks of operating his/her own business.



Discipline: Successful entrepreneurs always stick to the plan and fight the temptation to do what is unimportant.



Committed: A good entrepreneur accepts full responsibility for everything in his/her business. He/she gives full commitment and solid dedication to make the business successful.



Ability to accept change: Nothing is permanent but change. Change occurs frequently. When owning a business, a person should cope-up and thrive on changes. Capitalize on positive changes to make your business grow.



Creative: An entrepreneur should be creative and innovative to stay in the business and in order to have an edge over the other competitors.

24

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10



Has the Initiative: An entrepreneur takes initiative. He/She must put yourself in a position where you personally are responsible for the failure or success of your business.



Profit-Oriented: He/She enter into the world of business to generate profit or additional income. This shall become your bread and butter, and for your family as well. Therefore, you must see to it the business can generate income.

Listed below entrepreneur.

are

the

important

skills

of

a

successful



Planner: Planning is a strategic thinking and setting of goals to achieve objectives by carefully maximizing all the available resources. A good entrepreneur develops and applies step-by-step plans to realize goals. A good entrepreneur knows that planning is an effective skill only when combined with action.



People Skills: People skills refer to an effective and efficient communication and relation to people working in and out of one’s business. In day-to-day business transactions, one needs to deal with people. A well-developed people skill can spell out the difference between success and failure of the business. It is a skill which is very important in order to be successful in any kind of business.



Decision Making: Successful entrepreneurs have the ability to think quickly and make a wise decision towards the predetermined set objectives. No one can deny that the ability to make decision is an important skill that an entrepreneur should possess. Sound decision should spring out from given facts/information and should be towards the pre-determined objectives.

Process In order to firm up what you have learned and to have a better appreciation of the different entrepreneurial competencies, try to read the PECs checklist presented below, then answer the same.

25

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Task 4: PECs Checklist Directions: Using the PECs Checklist, assess yourself by indicating a check (/) mark in either strengths and/or development areas column. Interpret the results by counting the total number of check marks in each of the columns. After accomplishing the checklist, form a group and share your insights and experiences why you came up with that personal assessment. Table 1: PECS Checklist Personal Assessment in terms of: Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies of an Entrepreneur

Strength

Development Areas

Hardworking Working diligently Self-confident Confidence in one’s ability Discipline Always stick to the plan Committed Solid dedication Ability to accept change Adaptable to change Creative Innovative, to have edge over the other competitors Profit-oriented Always looking for income Planner Strategic thinking and setting of goals People Skill Effective and efficient communication and relation to people Decision Making Make a wise decision towards the set objectives TOTAL 26

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Interpretation/Insights: _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________

Reflect and Understand How was your experience in discovering your strengths and the areas to be developed? Did you gain valuable experience in exchanging insights with your classmates? To learn more and deepen your understanding of PECs, do the Task 5 below. Task 5: Interview Interview a successful travel agent or entrepreneur in your province whose type of business is related with Travel Services. Focus your interview on PECs and other business-related attributes that help them become successful. Analyze the result of the interview and reflect on the similarities and/or differences. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper. Sample Interview Guide Name of Proprietor/Practitioner: ____________________________________________ Age: _______________________ Number of Years in Business: __________________ Business Name: ________________________________________________ Business Address: ______________________________________________ 1. What were your preparations before you engaged in this type business/job? 2. What were your special skills/characteristics that relate with your business/job? 3. How did you solve business-related problems during the early years of your business operation? 4. Did you follow the tips from successful businessmen/practitioners before you engaged in your business? 27

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

5. What best business practices can you share with aspiring students? 6. What are the salient characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills and traits that made you successful in your business/job? Note: Cull the needed information from the interview to supply answer/s to Row 1 in the table below. Meanwhile, fill out the second row with your PECs. Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies

Characteristics

Attributes

Lifestyles

Skills

Traits

Successful Entrepreneur in the province My PECs

Using the information on the table above, analyze and reflect on the similarities and differences in your answers. Put your reflection on the table below. Write your conclusion on the space provided below. Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies

Similarities

Differences

Characteristics Attributes Lifestyles Skills Traits

Conclusion: ________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ 28

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Transfer After performing the activities on the importance of PECs, let’s determine how much you have learned. Perform the Task 6 to determine how well you have understood the lesson.

Task 6: Preparation of a Plan of Action Directions: Using the table below and the information generated from Task 5 (Interview), prepare an action plan that indicates how you would align your PECs to the PECs of the successful entrepreneur/ travel agent in your province/ locality. Objective To align my PECs with the PECs of a successful entrepreneur in Travel Services

Area

Activities

Strategies

Time Frame

Expected Outcome

Characteristics

Skills

Attribute

Traits

29

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Task 7: Essential Questions Direction: Read and study the following questions below. You may use a separate sheet of paper or your notebook to write your answers. 1. Why is there a need to compare and align your PECs with the PECs of a successful entrepreneur? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 2. How will your action plan help sustain your strong PECs and/or address your development areas? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 3. What plan of action will you do to address your development areas? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________.

30

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET (EM)

Content Standards

Performance Standards

The learner demonstrates understanding of environment and market in Travel Services in one’s province.

The learner independently creates a business vicinity map reflective of potential market in Travel Services in a province. Time Allotment: 4 hours

Module 2 Environment and Market Introduction People who aspire to start a business need to explore the economic, cultural and social conditions prevailing in the area. Needs and wants of the people in a certain area that are not met may be considered as business opportunities. Identifying the needs of the community, its resources, available raw materials, skills, and appropriate technology can help a new entrepreneur in seizing a business opportunity. To be successful in any kind of business venture, potential entrepreneurs should always look closely at the environment and market. They should always be watchful on the existing opportunities and constraints. The opportunities in the business environment are those factors that provide possibilities for a business to expand and make more profits. Constraints, on the other hand are those factors that limit the ability to grow, hence, reduces the chance of generating profit. One of the best ways to evaluate the opportunities and constraints is to conduct Strengths, Weakness, Opportunities and Threats (SWOT) Analysis. SWOT analysis is a managerial tool to assess the environment. This gathers important information, which in turn is used in strategic planning. Strengths and Weaknesses are internal to an organization. Basically they relate to resources owned by organization, things that you have control over and as well as the extent of its marketing. 31

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Opportunities and Threats exist in the external environment. Opportunities relate to the market, to the development of new technologies, and external factors such as government policies, climate, trends. Threats relate to what the competition is doing as well as legal and other constraints. Now that you have read some of the important considerations to look into to be successful in any business, you are now ready to explore more about the environment and market. To begin with, let’s first try to find out the competencies that you will master after finishing this module. OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you are expected to:     

identify what is of “Value” to the customer; identify the customer to sell to; explain what makes a product unique and competitive; apply creativity and innovative techniques to develop marketable product; and employ a Unique Selling Proposition (USP) to the product/service.

Now that you have an idea about the things you will learn, try to take the first challenge in this module- the pre-assessment. PRE-ASSESSMENT Task I: Multiple Choice Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper. 1. This is generated by examining what goods and services are sold outside by the community. A. Business Creation C. Business Concept B. Business Pricing D. Business Idea 2. A process of making a new product to be sold to the customers. A. Product Analysis C. Product Development B. Product Conceptualization D. Product Implementation

32

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

3. These are luxuries, advantages and desires that every individual considers beyond necessary. A. Wants C. Requirements B. Desires D. Needs 4. This is the factor or consideration presented by a seller as the reason that one product or service is different from and better than that of the competition. A. Unique Selling Plan C. Unique Pricing Policy B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Finding Value-Added 5. In this stage the needs of the target market are identified, review and evaluated. A. Concept Development C. Project Development B. Economic Analysis D. Refine Specification 6. This is the introduction of new idea to make the product and services more attractive and saleable to the target customers. A. New Idea C. Product Development B. Creativity D. Innovation 7. A managerial tool used to assess the environment to gather important information used for strategic planning. A. Environmental Scanning C. WOTS Analysis B. SWOT Analysis D. Survey Analysis 8. A marketing practice of creating name, symbol or designs that identifies and differentiate a product from the other products. A. Product Naming C. Branding B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Tagline 9. This is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures the essence of your brand. A. Product Naming C. Branding B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Tagline 10. These are the things that people cannot live without. A. Wants C. Requirements B. Desires D. Needs

33

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Task 2: Guide Questions: Direction: Read and study the guide questions below. You may use a separate sheet of paper to write your responses to the guide questions. 1. How does one determine the product or services to be produced and/or to be offered/delivered to the target customers? 2. How does one select an entrepreneurial activity? 3. When can one say that a certain product has “value”? 4. Are innovation and creativity of your product/services important? Explain. 5. How can one effectively respond to the needs of the target customer? 6. Express the importance of scanning the environment and market in generating business idea from the viewpoint of a business owner. 7. Using self-assessment, explain your level of confidence in formulating a business idea: 5 – strongly confident 4 – slightly confident 3 – neither confident nor not confident 2 – not confident 1 – strongly not confident After all the guide questions have been answered and skills have been mastered, share those with your classmates. Discuss your insights, personal knowledge of, and relevant experiences on the topic to make it more exciting and engaging.

LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET After reading and understanding the objectives of this module and having gone through pre-assessment and answering the guide questions, you will be asked to set your own personal goals. These goals will trigger you to further achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these goals will motivate you to learn more about Environment and Market.

34

LM-Travel Services

Goals and Targets

Learning Activities

Grade 10

Ultimate Goal

Figure 2: Strategic process to reach the objectives of this module READING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES After setting your own personal goals and targets to achieve the objectives of this module, you will have the opportunity to read and learn more about environment and market. You too, will also be given a chance to do practical exercises and activities to deepen your understanding of the topic.

Know Product Development When we talk of product development, we are referring to a process of making a new product to be sold by a business or enterprise to its customers. Product development may involve modification of an existing product or its presentation, or formulation of an entirely new product that satisfies a newly defined customer’s needs and/or want and/or a market place. The term development in this module refers collectively to the entire process of identifying a market opportunity, creating a product to appeal to the identified market, and finally, testing, modifying and refining the product until this will be ready for production. This product can be any item to be sold to the consumers. There are basic, yet vital questions that you can ask yourself about. When you find acceptable answers to these questions, you may now say that you are ready to develop a product/service. 1. 2. 3.

For whom are the product/services aimed at? What benefit will the customers expect from it? How will the product differ from the existing brand? Or from their competitor? 35

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Likewise, needs and wants of the people within the area should also be taken into big consideration. Everyone has his or her own needs and wants. However, people have different concepts of needs and wants. Needs in business are important things that every individual cannot do without in a society. These include: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Basic commodities for consumption Clothing and other personal belongings, Shelter, sanitation and health Education

Basic needs are essential to every individual so he/she may be able to live with dignity and pride in the community of people. These needs can obviously help him/her generate business ideas and subsequently to product development. Wants are desires, luxury and extravagance that signify wealth and an expensive way of living. Wants or desires are considered above all the basic necessities of life. Some examples are the eagerness or the passion of every individual which are non- basic needs like; fashion accessories, shoes, clothes, travelling around the world, eating in an exclusive restaurant; watching movies, concerts, plays, having luxurious cars, wearing expensive jewelry, perfume, living in impressive homes, and others. Needs and wants of people are the basic indicators of business that one may engage into because it can serve as the one’s success. Some other good points that one might consider undertakings are the kind of people, their needs, wants, lifestyle, tradition, and social orientation that they belong.

the kind of measure of in business culture and

To summarize, product development entirely depends on the needs and wants of the customers. Another important issue to deal with are the concept of developing a product. One can be enlightened by the succeeding topic about the procedure in coming up with a product.

36

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Concepts of Developing a Product Concept development is very critical phase in the development of a product. From this stage, the needs of the target market are identified and competitive products are reviewed before the product specifications are defined. The product concept is selected along with an economic analysis to come up with an outline of how a product is being developed. Below is a figure that shows the stages of concept development of a product.

Identify Customer Needs

Establish Target Specifica tions

Generate Product Concepts

Analyze Competit ive Products

Select a Product Concept

Refine Specifica tions

Perform Economic Analysis

Plan Remaining Developme nt Project

Concept Development Figure 3: Concept Development The process of product development follows the following steps: A. Identify Customer Needs - Using a survey form, interviews, researches, focus group discussions, and observations, an entrepreneur can easily identify customers’ needs and wants. In this stage, the information that can be possibly gathered here are product specifications (performance, taste, size, color, shape, life span of the product, etc.). This stage is very important because this will determine the product to be produced or provided. B. Establish Target Specifications - Based on customers' needs and reviews of competitive products, you may now establish target specifications of the prospective new product and/or services. Target specifications are essentially a wish-list.

37

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

C. Analyze Competitive Products - It is imperative to analyze existing competitive products to provide important information in establishing product/services specifications. Other products may exhibit successful design attributes that should be emulated or improved upon in the new product/service. D. Generate Product Concepts - After having gone through with the previous processes, you may now develop a number of product concepts to illustrate what types of product/service are both technically feasible and will best meet the requirements of the target specifications. E. Select a Product Concept - Through the process of evaluation between attributes, a final concept is selected. After the final selection, additional market research can be applied to obtain feedback from certain key customers. F. Refine Product Specifications - In this stage, product/service specifications are refined on the basis of input from the foregoing activities. Final specifications are the result of extensive study, expected service life, projected selling price and among others are being considered in this stage. G. Perform Economic Analysis - Throughout the process of product development, it is very important to always review and estimate the economic implications regarding development expenses, manufacturing costs, and selling price of the product/services to be offered/provided. H. Plan the Remaining Development Project - In this final stage of concept development, you may prepare a detailed development plan which includes a list of activities, the necessary resources and expenses, and a development schedule with milestones for tracking progress. Finding Value People buy for a reason. There should be something in your product/services that will give consumers a good reason to go back and buy for more. There must be something that has to make you the best option for your target customers; otherwise, they have no reason to buy what you are selling. This implies further, that you offer something to your customers that will make them value or treasure your product/services. The value that you incorporate to your product is called value proposition. Value proposition is “a believable collection of the most persuasive reasons people should notice you and take the action you’re asking for.” Value is created by fulfilling deep desires and solving deep problems. This is what gets the people moving, what gets spending for your product/service.

38

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Innovation Innovation is the introduction of something new in your product/services. This may be a new idea, a new method or a device. If you want to increase your sales and profit, you must innovate. Some of the possible innovations in your products are change of packaging, improve taste, color, size, shape, and perhaps, price. Some of the possible innovations in providing services are application of new improved methods, additional featured services and possibly freebees. Unique Selling Proposition (USP) Unique Selling Proposition is the factor or consideration presented by a seller as the reason that one product or service is different from and better than that of the competition. Before you can begin to sell your product or service to your target customers, you have to sell yourself to it. This is especially important when your product or service is similar to those around you. USP will require careful analysis of other businesses' ads and marketing messages. If you analyze what they say or what they sell, not just their product or service characteristics, you can learn a great deal about how companies distinguish themselves from competitors. Here is how to discover your USP and use it to increase your sales and profit: 

Use empathy: Put yourself in the shoes of your customers. Always focus on the needs of the target customers and forget falling in love with your own product or services. Always remember, you are making this product or providing for the target customers to eventually increase sales and earn profit, and not make this product or services for yourself. Essential questions such as what could make them come back again and again and ignore competition? Most possible answers will be focused on the quality, availability, convenience, cleanliness, reliability, and friendliness.



Identify what motivates your customers. It is very important for you to understand and find out what drives and motivates your customers to buy your product/service. Make effort to find out, analyze and utilize the information that motivates the customers in their decisions to purchase the product/services.

39

LM-Travel Services 

Grade 10

Discover the actual and genuine reasons why customers buy your product instead of a competitor's. Information is very important in decision making. A competitive entrepreneur always improve his/her products/services to provide satisfaction and of course retention of customers. As your business grows, you should always consider the process of asking your customers important questions and look for information and question that you can use to improve your product/services.

Process In order to firm up your understanding about the topic previously presented, you will be tasked to form a group and conduct an interview with a successful entrepreneur/practitioner. You have to document this interview and present this to the whole class for reflection and appreciation. Task 3: Interview Direction: Select a successful entrepreneur/practitioner. Conduct an interview by utilizing the sets of questions below. Document the interview and present this to the class. 1. How did you identify your customers? 2. What were your considerations in selecting your customers? 3. Explain how your product/services became unique from other product/s. 4. Did you consult somebody before you engage in this business? Cite sample insights that you gained from the consultation. 5. What were your preparations before you started the actual business? 6. What creative and innovative techniques did you adopt to your product/services? What was the effect of the innovative techniques to the sales and profits of your business? 7. What strategy did you consider to have a unique selling proposition for your product/service?

40

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Reflect and Understand Task 4: Video Viewing In order to deepen your understanding of the lesson, perform the following tasks: 1. Browse the internet on topics related to: a. Customers’ needs and wants; b. Techniques in identifying customers’ needs and wants; c. Creativity/innovations in products and services; d. Unique selling proposition; and e. Product development. 2. Prepare a short narrative report about the aforementioned topics. You may highlight the “aspect” that intensifies your knowledge of product development.

Transfer Task 5: Product Conceptualization Direction: Using the figures below, develop your own concept for your product/services. 1. Identify Customers Need

7. Prepare a Development Plan

-

2. Target Specifications

-

6. Refine Product Specification

3. Analyze a Competitive Product

-

5. Select A product Concept

4. Generate Product Concept

-

41

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Know Generating Ideas for Business The process of developing/generating business idea is not a simple process. Some people just come to a bunch of business ideas, but some really are without ideas. There are two problems that arise: first is the excessive generation of ideas which will take forever and will remain in the dreaming stage, and second is when they do not have ideas and want to become entrepreneurs. The most optimal way is to have a systematic approach in generating and selecting business idea that will be transferred in real business. Here are some basic yet very important considerations you may use to generate possible ideas for business: 1. Examine the existing goods and services. Are you satisfied with the product? What do other people who use the product say about it? How can it be improved? There are many ways of improving a product from the way it is made to the way it is packed and sold? You can also improve the materials used in crafting the product. In addition, you introduce new ways of using the product, making it more useful and adaptable to the customers’ many needs. When you are improving the product or enhancing it, you are doing an innovation. You can also do an invention by introducing an entirely new product to replace the old one. Business ideas may also be generated by examining what goods and services are sold outside by the community. Very often, these products are sold in a form that can still be enhanced or improved. 2. Examine the present and future needs. Look and listen to what the customers, institutions, and communities are missing in terms of goods and services. Sometimes, these needs are already obvious and felt at the moment. Other needs are not that obvious because they can only be felt in the future, or in the event of certain developments in the community. For example, a province will have its electrification facility in the next six months. Only by that time will the entrepreneur think of electricallypowered or generated business such as photo copier, computer service, digital printing, etc. 42

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

3. Examine how the needs are being satisfied. Needs for the products and services are referred to as market demand. To satisfy these needs is to supply the products and services that meet the demands of the market. The term market refers to whoever will use or buy the products or service, and these may be people or institutions such as other businesses, establishments, organizations, or government agencies. There is a very good business opportunity when there is absolutely no supply to a pressing market demand. Businesses or industries in the locality also have needs for goods and services. Their needs for raw materials, maintenance, and other services such as selling and distribution are good sources of ideas for business. 4. Examine the available resources around you. Observe what materials or skills are available in abundance in your area. A business can be started out of available raw materials by selling them in raw form and by processing and manufacturing them into finished products. For example, in a copra-producing town, there will be many coconut husks and shells available as “waste” products. These can be collected and made into coco rags/doormat and charcoal bricks, and sold profitably outside the community. A group of people in your neighborhood may have some special skills that can be harnessed for business. For example, women in the Mountain Province possess loom weaving skills that have been passed on from one generation to the next generation. Some communities there set up weaving businesses to produce blankets, as well as decorative items and various souvenir items for sale to tourists and lowland communities. Business ideas can come from your own skills. The work and experience you may have in agricultural arts, industrial arts, home economics, and Information and Communication Technology (ICT) classes will provide you with business opportunities to acquire the needed skills which will earn for you extra income, should you decide to engage in income-generating activities. With your skills, you may also tinker around with various things in your spare time. Many products were invented this way.

43

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

5. Read magazines, news articles, and other publications on new products and techniques or advances in technology. You can pick up new business ideas from Newsweek, Reader’s Digest, Business Magazines, “Go Negosyo”, Small-Industry Journal. The internet serves as a library where you may browse and surf on possible businesses. It will also guide you on how to put the right product in the right place, at the right price, at the right time. Listing of possible businesses to set up in an area may also be available from banks or local non-government organizations. Key Concepts of Selecting a Business Idea Once you have embarked on identifying the business opportunities, you will eventually see that there are many possibilities that are available for you. It is very unlikely that you will have enough resources to pursue all of them at once. Which one will you choose? You have to select the most promising one from among the hundreds of ideas. It will be good to do this in stages. In the first stage, you screen your ideas to narrow them down to about five choices. In the next stage, trim down the five choices to two options. In the final stage, choose between the two and decide which business idea is worth pursuing. In screening your ideas, examine each one in terms of the following factors: 1. How much capital is needed to put up the business? 2. How big is the demand for the product? Do many people need this product and will continue to need it for a long time? 3. How is the demand met? Who are processing the products to meet the need (competition or demand)? How much of the need is now being met (supply)? 4. Do you have the background and experience needed to run this particular business? 5. Will the business be legal, not going against any existing or foreseeable government regulation? 6. Is the business in line with your interest and expertise? Your answers to these questions will be helpful in screening which ones from among your many ideas are worth examining further and worth pursuing. 44

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Branding Branding is a marketing practice of creating names, symbols or designs that identifies and differentiates products/services from other products/services. It is also a promise to your customers. It tells them what they can expect from your product/ services and it differentiates your offerings from other competitors. Your brand is derived from who you are, who you want to be and who people perceive you to be. Branding is one of the most important aspects of any business. An effective brand strategy gives you a major edge in increasingly competitive markets. The features of a good product brand are as follows: - Delivers the message clearly - Confirms your credibility - Connects your target prospects emotionally - Motivates the buyer - Concretizes user loyalty Here are some simple tips to publicize your brand. .

    

Develop a tagline. Write a meaningful unforgettable, and easy to remember statement that captures the essence of your brand. Get a great logo. Create a logo suitable to your business and consistent with your tagline and place it everywhere. Write down your brand messaging. Select key messages you want to communicate about your brand. Be true to your brand. Deliver your brand promise. Be consistent. Be reliable and consistent every time.

Process In generating business idea, you should first identify what type of business is suited to your idea. You should analyze and scan the potential environment, study the marketing practices and strategies of your competitors, analyze the Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats in your environment to ensure that the products/services you are planning to offer will be patronized within easy reach by your target markets/consumers. 45

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Bear in mind these simple rules for successful SWOT analysis.  Be realistic about the strengths and weaknesses of your business when conducting SWOT analysis. 

SWOT analysis should distinguish between where your business is today, and where it could be in the future.



SWOT should always be specific. Avoid any grey areas.



Always apply SWOT in relation to your competition i.e. better than or worse than your competition.



Keep your SWOT short and simple. Avoid complexity and over analysis



SWOT is subjective.

Task 6: SWOT Analysis Direction: In generating a business idea, environmental scanning is very important. Utilize the SWOT analysis table below to list up all your observations. Consider the strategies below to select the best business idea. Strength (S)

Weaknesses (W)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Opportunities (O)

Threats (T)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

46

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Strategize:  SW – Utilize the strengths to overcome the weakness  OS - Capitalize on the opportunities to eliminate the weakness  ST – Maximize on your strengths to eliminate the external threats  OT – Take advantage of the available opportunities to eliminate the external threats. Strategies/Activities: __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________

Analysis: __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________

My Best Business Idea: __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________

Reflect and Understand In order to deepen your understanding of the topics previously discussed, you will be asked to perform the following activities: Task 7: Extra Readings and Video Viewing Reading books and watching videos have been considered as one of the most effective educational activities that help learners deepen their understanding of certain topics. In this particular circumstance, you will be asked to conduct extra readings and video viewings on the following topics. A. Steps in selecting business idea B. Criteria of a viable business idea C. Benefits of a good brand D. Ways on developing a brand After successfully performing the assigned task, make a narrative report about this and share it to the class. 47

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Transfer Task 8: Designing a Logo Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a logo that you will use in your business. Provide a simple statement to describe your logo. Logo

Tagline

Task 9: Making My Own Vicinity Map Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a vicinity map reflective of potential market in Travel Services in your province. Provide a simple statement to describe your map. Vicinity Map

48

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

QUARTER I Overview In this quarter, you will learn how tourism industry in the Philippines was developed and managed through the collaborative efforts of the government and private sectors in order to provide sustainable sources of living for the people and build good tourism reputation for the country. Tourism can be perceived to be boundless. We cannot just describe tourism as a sort of leisure, services or business entity; in fact, it is a dynamic trend that is continuously expanding. In 1993, the World Tourism Organization defined tourism as “the activities of persons travelling to and staying in places outside their usual environment for not more than one consecutive year for leisure, business and other purposes.” All sectors associated to this incidence comprises the tourism industry. The government, non-government and private institutions have vital role in managing, developing, promoting and protecting tourism in the country. Upon every travelers endeavor in exploring different parts of the world, there are travel agencies and travel management companies that can assist them in realizing their travel plans. The course of study will explain in details about the vital functions and organizational structure of TMC/travel agency as intermediary between commercial establishments and clients. And most importantly, you will also learn the steps to be undertaken upon establishing and managing your own travel management business.

General Objectives At the end of this quarter, learners are expected to: 1. understand the vital function of the Philippine Tourism Offices, 2. describe the role of the private sector in the Philippine Tourism Industry; 3. describe the travel management companies and travel agencies; 4. state the functions of travel management companies (TMC) and travel agencies; 5. explain the organizational structure of TMC/travel agency; and 6. plan to put up a travel agency

49

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

The Hidden Paradise: Northern Mindanao Northern Mindanao is the perfect destination for travels looking for tranquility and closeness to nature. It is indeed the Philippines’ hidden paradise in the South in terms of biodiversity and rich cultural heritage of Muslims and Christians combined. Bukidnon is the home of huge pineapple plantations and cattle industry in the province. Many travels are hooked in the beauty of its high lands especially the Dulang-Dulang which is second to the highest peak in the country. Camiguin is known as the “Volcanic Island of the Philippines” where the famous Hibok-Hibuk Mountain is located. Iligan City or the “City of Majestic Waterfalls” is a good provider of hydroelectric power in the province and the dweller of the ever famous Maria Cristina Falls. Lanao del Norte supports the promotion of agriculture and economic tourism development program that uplifts the province’s credibility as “Land of Beauty and Bounty.” Misamis Oriental is popular for its Dalit Festival during every feast day of St. Michael, the Archangel. Every Christmas, the City of Tangub lights up with various Christmas symbols made of native materials that are scattered in streets and become attraction for visitors. Misamis Occidental can be the best beach destination in the world where tourists can enjoy watching dolphins and whale sharks at Duka Bay and Mantangale. Nothing really beats the wonderful charm of nature at its finest!

50

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s See What You Know Pre – Test 1 A. MULTPLE CHOICE Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter that best describes the statement in your answer sheet. 1. Which of the following is an airline company? a. Philtranco b. Star Cruises c. Sky Pasada d. Avis 2. Republic Act No. 9593 refers to what code/law? a. Local Government Code of 1991 b. Tourism Act of 2009 c. Oil Deregulation law d. Aviation Act of 2013 3. Which of the following lodging establishments can best accommodate companies that need facilities suitable for holding business conferences? a. All-Suite hotel b. Corporate hotel c. Motel d. Apartel 4. The government agency that has the power to implement policies on air travel safety. a. Philippine Ports Authority b. Department of Foreign Affairs c. Bureau of Immigration d. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5. Which of the following companies offers travel services by sea? a. Sulpicio Lines b. Victory Liner c. Cebu Pacific d. None of the above

51

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

6. What is the only government controlled tourism agency that has a board of trustees institutionally drawn from both private and public sectors? a. Philippine Tourism Authority b. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation c. Department of Interior and Local Government d. Department of Tourism 7. What government tourism agency is entitled for the collection of travel taxes on individuals? a. Department of Budget and Management b. Bureau of Internal Revenue c. Philippine Tourism Authority d. Department of Finance 8. This establishment is suitable for motor travelers looking for inexpensive lodging services for their own convenience? a. Motel b. Condotel c. Corporate Hotel d. Resort Hotel 9. What private tourism sector does the cruise ship belong? a. Food and beverage b. Transportation c. Oil Company d. Educational institution 10. This government agency is mandated to monitor the entry and exit of foreign nationals in the country. a. Department of Transportation and Communication b. Department of Public Works and Highways c. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines d. Bureau of Immigration B. ANALOGY Direction: Choose the letter that can best satisfy the missing argument. Write the answer in your quiz notebook. ___________ 1. Rate-minus : commission as cost-plus : _______ a. professional fee b. service fee c. rental fee d. markup fee

52

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

___________ 2. PCVC : convention venue as _______ : travel taxes a. Local Government Units b. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines c. Philippine Tourism Authority d. Department of Tourism ___________ 3. ______ : Agent as Travel Management Company : Partner a. Commercial establishments b. Client c. Lodging industry d. Travel agency ___________ 4. Supplier : _______ as Vendee : Client a. Government agencies b. Commercial establishments c. Traveler d. Travel agency ___________ 5. Personnel : Human Resource as Finance : _______ a. Ticketing b. Record keeping c. Cash disbursement d. Public awareness ___________ 6. Government : Policy making as Private sector : _______ a. Accrediting/licensing b. Policy implementing c. Peace and Order d. Marketing ___________ 7. Sole Proprietorship : DTI as Corporation : _______ a. Local Government Unit(LGU) b. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) c. Office of the City Mayor d. Department of Tourism (DOT) ___________ 8. Travel Operations : Office-based as _______ : Field a. Tour Operations b. Documentation c. Personnel d. Accounting

53

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

___________ 9. Amusement Park : Attraction as _______ : Lodging a. Cafeteria b. Theater c. Bus Line d. Motel ___________ 10. Lodging : Transportation as Marketing : ______ a. Sightseeing b. Traveller c. Tourism d. Operations C. CLASSIFICATION Direction: From the list provided below, recognize the roles of the government and private sector in Philippine Tourism. Write them on the appropriate column in your paper. Government Sector

Private Sector

List of Roles: 1. Undertake researches 2. Motivates the public to participate in tourism 3. Deals with public relations 4. Serves as gateway to the success of tourism 5. Provide physiological needs to tourists 6. Formulate tourism standards 7. Promotes the country’s tourism industry 8. Perform administrative services and support 9. Facilitate the mobility of goods and services 10. Provide comfort to tourists

54

LM-Travel Services

LESSON 1 (PT)

Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

THE PHILIPPINE TOURISM INDUSTRY

Learning Outcome 1

Understand the Vital Function of the Philippine Tourism Offices

Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. explain the role of National Tourism Office, its attached agencies, and Local Government Unit in the tourism industry; 2. define the role of the various sub-sectors that comprises the tourism industry; and 3. recognize the vital functions of each government agency in managing and developing the Philippine tourism. The main responsibility of the government is to provide general policies and regulations which will be complied by tourism sectors and subsectors. Implementing guidelines set by the government may pertain to regulations of tourism establishments and investment, operations of the tourism facilities, development of travel destinations, training and development for tourism personnel, channel of communication among tourism agencies and private sectors, provisions for researches, statistics, and publication, marketing and promotions of tourism activities and others.

Government Agencies Involved in Managing the Tourism Industry 1. Department of Tourism (DOT) By virtue of Presidential Decree No. 189, the Department of Tourism was institutionalized in 1973. It was reorganized through Executive Order No. 120 in accordance with Article II, Section 1 (a) and Article III of the 1986 Constitution. DOT is the prime tourism agency mandated to plan and set the fundamental policies involving the tourism sector, coordinate the policy to other tourism agencies and become an administrative entity for the executive branch of government.

55

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

The DOT has the power to effect the following functions:: a.) hold meetings and conferences pertaining to tourism b.) amend travel regulations and guidelines c.) review all government projects concerning tourism d.) issue licenses to tourism personnel such as tour guides, travel agents, and travel operators e.) regulate, supervise, and license all tourism sub-sectors such as hotel, motel, restaurant, resorts, and others Organizational Structure of DOT The agency is headed by its Secretary of Tourism with a cabinet rank. The cabinet secretary is assisted by the four undersecretaries and an assistant secretary in overseeing the stability of the tourism industry in the country. Each of them has definite functions and responsibilities.

Secretary of Tourism Undersecretary for Planning, Product Development and Coordination

Undersecretary for Tourism Promotion

Undersecretary for Tourism Services and Regional Offices

Assistant secretary for Internal Services



Undersecretary for Planning, Product Development and Coordination All of the department undertaking concerning researches, surveys, recommendations for future plans and policies, coordination and assistance in the implementation of tourism-related projects, and formulation of tourism statistics are within the jurisdiction of the Undersecretary for Planning, Product Development and Coordination 

Undersecretary for Tourism Promotions The function of the office primarily is to deal with public-relations, marketing of tourism activities and projects, provide assistance to private sectors, organize events promoting the country’s finest destinations, and 56

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

dissemination of tourism information of the country and its products. It is the duty of the Undersecretary for Tourism Promotions to create good impression in the eyes of foreign visitors for the Philippines. 

Undersecretary for Tourism Services and Regional Offices The formulation of tourism standards, approval in the construction of tourism establishments and facilities, accreditation of travel agencies, coordination and supervision to all Regional Offices are the major responsibilities of this office. Through the regulations set by the DOT, the Regional Offices will then act for its implementation in coordination with the other Regional Offices, government offices and Local Government Units (LGU) 

Assistant Secretary for Internal Services The office of the Assistance Secretary for Internal Services performs the administrative services and support (personnel information, communications, record keeping, etc.), financial and management services (budgetary and accounting concerns), and legal services and litigations in assistance to the staff and other related matters that may be assigned by the Secretary of Tourism. 2. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation (PCVC) The Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation is a non-profit corporation that aims to promote the Philippines as one of the prime tourist, convention, and incentive travel destination in the world. It is the country’s tourism arm in the domestic and international market. In order to attain this goal, PCVC adopts an Integrated Tourist Marketing Plan that guides that industry in strengthening promotional campaigns through marketing research, skills development of marketing representatives, build mutual linkages among private sectors to effectively implement the marketing activities, and reaching the tourism products to local and foreign consumers through participating in travel trade expositions and media advertisements. The agency was formerly named as Philippine Convention Bureau which was created in 1976 through the Presidential Decree No. 867. In effect to the reorganization of the Department of Tourism in 1987, it was then renamed as Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation by virtue of Executive Order No. 120-A.

57

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Organizational Structure of PCVC The Secretary of Tourism is the Executive Director of PCVC. Together with the chairperson are the nine (9) Board of Trustees who are drawn from both government and private sector that holds relevant organizations involvement in the marketing and development of the travel industry in the Philippines. Travel Trade

Conventions and Incentive Travel

Advertising and Publications

PCVC

Corporate Affair

Foreign Offices

The organization is structured into five distinct units that functions in accordance with the PCVC Integrated Tourist Marketing Plan, namely:  The Office of the Travel Trade  The Office of Conventions and Incentive Travel  The Office of Corporate Affair  The Office of the Foreign Offices  The Advertising and Publications Department 3. Philippine Tourism Authority (PTA) Pursuant to Presidential Decree No. 189 and amended by Presidential Decree No. 564 in 1973, the Philippine Tourism Authority is a governmentowned corporation that acts as the policy implementing body of the Department of Tourism to better realize the tourism standards, collect taxes as may be imposed by the law, and provide and maintain tourism facilities and infrastructures.

58

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Vision The PTA is envisioned to be a self-government corporation, contributing to the national development objectives, serves as the epitome of public service as it pioneers sustainable, environmentally responsible, socially responsive and culturally catalytic tourism development. Mission The PTA is committed to effectively and efficiently implement sustainable tourism development undertakings as guided by the following national development thrusts: cultural awakening, countryside development, environmental conservation, foreign exchange generation, employment creation, and poverty alleviation. Functions The functions of the PTA are: 1. To develop identified priority areas: Areas with vast tourism potentials that are programmed for priority development as identified by DOT under its Tourism Master Plan (TMP). 2. To operate, maintain, and promote facilities in pioneering capacity: Solely owned or thru joint ventures, the PTA properties include resorts, hotels, golf courses and other tourism facilities in the various areas of the country. 3. To provide technical and financial assistance to qualified tourism projects: Guidelines have been designed for project proposals to be evaluated and recommended by the Corporate Planning Department for priority development by granting technical and/or financial assistance. 4. To generate revenues to fund national and corporate development undertakings: Travel tax collection is PTA’s main source of income. Travel tax is a levy imposed by the government on individuals (citizens of the Philippines, and permanent resident aliens who have stayed in the country for more than a year) who are leaving the country irrespective of the place where the air ticket is issued and the form and place of payment, as provided for by Presidential Decree No. 1183 as amended by Presidential Decree No. 1205, Batas Pambansa Blg. 38, and Executive Order No. 283 on travel tax.

59

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

4. The Local Government Units Republic Act No. 9593, also known as The Tourism Act of 2009, clearly stated the shared responsibilities of the National and Local Government to the Department of Tourism in implementing policies and programs of the tourism sector. “ Section 118 – Coordination between National and Local Government (a) The Department (pertaining to DOT) and the Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG) shall integrate all local tourism development plans by LGU in the formulation and annual updating of the national tourism development plan. (b) The Department shall provide assistance, training and other capacity-building measures to the LGUs in the formulation, implementation and monitoring of national tourism development plans, gathering of statistical data and enforcement of tourism laws and regulations… Section 119 – National Tourism Development Planning The Department in coordination with its attached agencies, LGUs and the private sector shall continuously update the national tourism development plan taking into consideration the evolving needs and capabilities of LGUs, approved local tourism development plans as well as domestic and global tourism market trends. Section 120 – Local Tourism Development Planning (a) Pursuant to Republic Act No. 7160, otherwise known as the Local Government Code of 1991, LGUs shall prepare, adopt, implement and monitor their local tourism development plans, enforce standards for tourism enterprises and collect statistical data for tourism purposes.” 4. Other National Government Units One important key indicator in the success of tourism is the consistency of policies being implemented by the government at any destination in the economic territory. Tourism takes place almost everywhere at any point in time. As people travel more often, the more tourism sectors are benefitted. In order to address the needs of tourists upon their visit in the Philippines, there are national government agencies that are always ready to provide assistance, comfort and security during their stay. 60

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) – all corporations and partnership business entities are being registered, licensed, and regulated by the agency.

 Board of Investments (BOI) – promotion of investment in the Philippines is the task of this agency which is attached to the Department of Trade and Industry

 Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) – it ensures that foreign investors who wish to establish a business in the Philippines will find a suitable strategic location.

 Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP) – preserves monetary stability and convertibility of the Peso which is an important factor in the entry of foreign visitors to the country.

 Department of Transportation and Communication (DOTC) – responsible for the regulation and supervision of the Philippine transportation and communication system.

 Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB) – the government agency that controls and supervises economic aspects of air transportation which may include air carriers, monitor cargo sales agents, properties and facilities.

 Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP) – implements policies on aviation or air travel system in order to assure the safety of travelers.

 Maritime Industry Authority (MARINA) – the counterpart of CAAP in the maritime industry, the government agency that creates policy for all means of transportation with regards to bodies of water.

 Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) – manages the operations and financing of all public ports in the country.

 Land Transportation Franchising and Regulatory Board (LTFRB) – issues, suspends and cancels certificates of convenience to all public and transportation services.

 Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) – facilitates the construction and maintenance of the transportation infrastructures which include roads and bridges.

 Department of Foreign Affairs (DFA) – coordinates and builds harmonious relationship among countries in all parts of the world.

 Bureau of Immigration (BI) – monitors the entry and exit of foreign nationals in the country. 61

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

 Department of Finance (DOF) – facilitates the collection of revenues from the tourism industry

 Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) – promotes employment opportunities to Filipinos in the tourism industry.

 Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) – oversees the preservation of the natural environment.

 Philippine National Police – enforces peace and order in all tourist destinations.

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. MATCHING TYPE Directions: Match the government agency in Column B with its appropriate functions in Column A. Write your answer on the answer sheet. Column A Column B Government Agency Function ______1. Philippine Tourism A. Implements policies concerning Authority air travel safety ______2. Department of Labor B. Enforces peace and order on all and Employment tourism destinations ______3. Philippine Ports Authority C. Promotes the Philippines as the ______4. Department of Interior and Local Government ______5. Securities and Exchange Commission ______6. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation ______7. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines ______8. Department of Tourism ______9. Bureau of Immigration ______10. Philippine National Police

best convention venue D. Generates job opportunities through the tourism industry E. Monitors the entry and exit of foreign nationals in the country F. Imposes travel taxes on individuals for travel services incurred. G. Registers and license all corporation and partnership business in the Philippines H. Manages the operations and financing of all public sea ports I. Implements tourism policies on their constituents J. Sets general policies for the tourism industry K. Oversees the preservation of the country’s natural environment

62

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. QUICKWRITES Directions: Shortly explain the roles and responsibilities of the following Department of Tourism offices.

Office of the Tourism Secretary Undersecretary for Tourism Promotions

Undersecretary for Tourism Services and Regional Offices

___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ Undersecretary for Planning, Product and Development and Coordination

___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ Assistant Secretary for _ Internal Services

___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___

___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ _

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

63

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Role of the Private Sector in the Philippine Tourism Industry Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. define the role of various sub-sectors of the private sectors that comprises the tourism industry; 2. identify specific entities in the private sector and explain their specific functions in the tourism industry; and 3. show interest in understanding how the private sector contributes to the economic growth of the tourism industry in the Philippines.

Have you ever experienced to travel? Where was your most distant travel experience? Filipinos are really fun of going to places, mingling with people of different culture, tasting delicacies in the regions, and explore new places they have never been before. We do travel for various reasons, some visit places for leisure, while others travel for business purposes. Many travel for both leisure and business such as when the board of directors of a certain company agrees to hold their meeting in a beach resort in Puerto Galera, Oriental Mindoro; some employees might decide to extend their stay for a couple of days to enjoy, relax and escape from the everyday routine of their work. Travelling nowadays has been made easier as compared before. With just a few clicks in the computer, you can book for reservation, secure travel documents, and then off you go to the desired destination. You will not worry anymore of being stranded or being lost in places you have never been before because there are tourism sectors, public and private transports that will surely guide you on your way home in a safe and convenient manner. For you to understand the role of the private sector in Philippine tourism and travel, let us classify the sub-sectors into six (6) major travel-related industries.

64

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

1. Transportation Sector Transportation is the gateway to the success of tourism; without roads, bridges, sea vessels, and airplanes, travelling to far places will not be possible. The transportation sector exists in various forms whether by air, land, and sea. By Air During the beginning years of the airline industry in the Philippines in 1960s, the industry was contained in a “one country, one plain policy”; making the Philippine Airlines as the virtual monopoly in the airline sector. As the deregulation of domestic airline industry took effect in 1970s, many investors found interest to join in the growing business trend. At present, travelers have better options to choose the right airline company that can satisfy their travelling preference and finances. Here are the list of some commercial airlines that have good service reputation and compliant to the standards set by the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines.  AirAsia Zest  Cebu Pacific  Fil-Asian Airways  PAL Express  Philippine Airlines  Philippine AirAsia  Sky Pasada  Spirit of Manila Airlines  Tigerair Philippines  SEAIR International By Land According to the National Statistics Coordination Board, as of 2011 there are already 7,138,942 registered motor vehicles in the country; this includes the 788,372 cars, 1,764,865 utility vehicles, 8,769 buses, 3,206,255 motorcycles/tricycles, and 291,746 trucks. For that

65

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

particular year alone, the total passenger traffic had reached to 49,815,295. In the year 2008, railway transports in the country had carried 346.1 million passengers which comprises to a total of 4.6 billion pesos revenue. All land transportation entities such as public bus companies, tour bus companies, tricycle associations, rail transport companies, taxicabs and car rentals belong to this sector. Here are some of the noted private land transport companies in the Philippines:  Public buses – Philtranco, Santrans, Victory Liner, Mega Bus Line, Baliwag Transit, Bataan Transit Co.,Bicol Isarog Transport System Inc., Calamba Megatrans, Inc., Dagupan Bus Co., Dimple Star Transport (Iloilo), Dominion Bus Lines, First North Luzon Transit, Five Star Bus Company, Lucena Lines, Northstar Transport Inc., Philippine Rabbit, Silver Star, etc.  Railway Transport – Philippine National Railways (PNR), Manila Light Rail Transit System (LRT-1 and MRT-2), Manila Metro Rail Transit (MRT-3)  Taxi and car rentals – Avis, Budget Rent-A-Car, Dollar Rent-A-Car, R&E Transport, Nissan Rent-A-Car By the Sea There are also various modes of transportation that can be experienced by tourists in their journey to the waves of the sea. Philippine Ports Authority revealed that in 2012, there are a total of 49,998,936 passengers who had travelled in the sea through shipping vessels. The usual means is by travelling through shipping lines such as Sulpicio Lines, Aboitiz & Co., and William Lines. But if you want better comfort and relaxing ambiance, why not try travelling in a cruise ship. In shipping, the vessel carries both the cargos and passengers with limited amenities and facilities yet offers affordable travel fare; while in cruises, the vessel is solely dedicated for passengers’ comfort and one of a kind travel experience, offering first class facilities and amenities, and flexible travel routes. Lastly, traveling through the ferry will be the best solution for shipping in shortdistance trip such as from the entry point in Sorsogon crossing the sea to Samar, or may be from Batangas City to Calapan City.

66

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Oil Companies Oil companies play important role in the tourism industry since the fuel is the core source of energy in all modes of transportation that are motor operated. All actions of the tourism industry lie dependently to the oil companies in terms of people and goods mobility from one place to another. Furthermore, an increase in the fuel price will rapidly affect the economic stability of the country. Among many of the oil companies that can be named in every road of the country’s territory, there are three major oil players that stand out and significantly affecting the consuming public, namely: Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, Chevron Philippines (formerly Caltex), and Total Philippines (an independent oil firm). Union groups in the country often call them as the “big three”. 3. Lodging Industry As we always say, “there is no place like home”. There is really no place in the world indeed that could ever replace the comfort and security that can be felt inside our own residence, but what the lodging industry tries to offer is the superb experience that you may remember for the rest of your life. There are plenty of lodging establishments in the country that can satisfy every guests needs for relaxation and delightful endeavors during their stay. Filipinos are naturally hospitable that makes the lodging industry a very competitive sector in the Philippines. Lodging properties in various establishments vary depending on the strategic location, luxury of facilities and amenities, number and size of room, management standards, types of guests they cater and other factors.  Hotel – Like any other lodging establishments, hotels provide shortterm accommodation services primarily as a comfortable place for sleeping. For hotel guests, it is more than just a place where they can spend the night but also a wonderful venue to experience luxury in its amenities. Hotels can be categorized as: o Resort Hotel – It has amenities and facilities that guests can use for their recreation such as swimming pool, golf course, food chains, fitness gym, etc. These hotels are usually situated near the beaches, theme parks and tourist attractions.

67

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

o Business/Corporate Hotel – This type of hotel have facilities suitable for holding meetings, conferences, conventions, and other business events, making the hotel as an extension of their workplace but in a much lighter setup. o All-Suite Hotel – It means that the hotel is open for all kinds of dealings for as long as the properties and facilities are suitable to the needs of the guests. These hotels have rooms larger than the conventional type which are called as suites or junior suites. The room has no concrete partitions between different areas of the room such as between bedrooms and living room, only curtains as barriers and in some cases, there are no barriers at all. These make it ideal for group vacationers or families that need plenty of space and prefer to spend time together. 

Motels (Motorist Hotel) – The concept of motel establishments started to flourish in the 1920s when the lodging industry determined the demand to address motor travelers’ needs for inexpensive lodging that are easily accessible to motoring public. The lodging establishment was then called motel (derived from the words “motor” and “hotel”) and can also be called as motor hotel or motor inns.



Apartel – According to the Department of Tourism, apartel or apartment hotel are “any building or edifice containing several independent and furnished or semi-furnished apartments, regularly leased to tourists and travelers for dwelling on a more or less long term basis and offering basic services to its tenants, similar to hotels.”



Condotel – It is the lodging establishment in between a condominium and hotel that are also leased to tourists, similar to apartel. 4. Food and Beverage Industry

Physiologically, humans need food in order to sustain their daily activities. Since the tourism industry caters to people of different nationalities, food and beverage industry is also associated to it as a sustainable source of income for many, as well as a means of introducing the rich culture of natives in the place which are manifested in their cuisines. 68

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Specifically, food and beverage industry consists of various food service entities such as:  Restaurant – This consists of cafeterias, fast-food chains, coffee shops, specialty restaurant, and full-service restaurant.  Travel food service – This pertains to food service entities in airplanes, cruise ships, trains, hotels and motels.  Institutional food service – This describes the presence of food service sector in companies, nursing homes and hospitals, and other servicerelated entities. 5. Attractions and Activities Industry Majority of travelers are looking for places that will give them the thrill to discover new things, exploring the breath-taking sceneries of nature, be entertained in various events, and appreciate artistic creations of man. Tourist attractions and activities in the place are really a big factor that pushes every person to travel. For instance, when international superstars like Katy Perry and Justine Bieber perform in a world tour concert at Araneta Coliseum, avid Filipino fans would probably not leave this chance to meet their idols which will cause them to buy tickets and go travel even if they are living from a far away province of the country. Educational field trip in schools are also organized to expose students from real thing learnings such as visiting historical parks and landmarks, industrial plants and sites, amusement and theme parks. Tourist attractions and events in the Philippines mainly involve the following activities: 1. Recreation – these are any facilities that will bring relaxation and relieve stress to the visitors during their spare time such as amusement parks, theme parks, resorts, casinos, fitness centers, bowling centers, spa centers, etc. 2. Shopping – Aside from having a stress relieving effect and acquisition of new items for personal belongings, the industry is a good source of income for entrepreneurs. Facilities connected to shopping activities are shopping centers and malls, souvenir shops, specialty stores, boutiques, convenient stores, supermarkets, bazaars, and others.

69

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

3. Entertainment – This pertains to any activities that catch the attention of the audience through drama, music, dance, storytelling and others. Facilities associated to entertainment are theater and movie houses, concerts, sports events, festivals, etc. 4. Education – These are places and facilities that enrich the learning of tourists in terms of culture, historical events and heroes, inventions, innovations and technology. It includes historical parks and monuments, relevant landmarks, museums, and others. 6. Other Private Sectors The broadcast media has a vital role in motivating the public to participate in the tourism industry of the country. According to the National Commission on Culture and the Arts, 85% of the household have access to radio in the Philippines, while 65% of household are entertained in their televisions. Media have great impact in creating positive image to the tourism industry and allows the public to gain information about travel destinations, travel tips, legal documents, and other concerns. Here are other private sectors associated to the broadcast media and tourism.  Publishing Companies – printed ads serve as concrete guide and evidence for travelers and tourists. It is the task of publishing companies to ensure that the public is always updated of the new trends and happenings in the tourism industry.  ITC Service Provider – They act as a support group for different travel organizations in producing electronic and printed manuals, guidebooks, atlases, time table, and operational handbooks including Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and Global Distribution Systems (GDS)  Marketing and Public Relations Organizations – These are private entities that plan and manage marketing research, sales marketing activities, and conduct place analysis for possible new markets.  Event Organizers – These are sectors involved in the planning and organization of events associated to tourism. They coordinate with lodging establishments for venues of meetings, conventions, exhibits, and other corporate activities of the client company.  Miscellaneous Service – These are entities that might be apart from the tourism industry, yet should be considered as affiliated sector because of the essential services they cater for the tourist and travelers. It includes the hospitals, nurseries, police, communication, trash collection and disposal, insurance, and others. 70

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. MIX AND MATCH Direction: Write the following tourism sub-sectors according to its appropriate classification. Condotel Coffee shop Museum Taxicab Transportation

Hotel Shopping Mall Motorcycle Cafeteria Lodging

Public Buses Amusement Park Restaurant Ferry Food and Beverage

Concert Apartel Zipline Festival Attraction and Activities

B. QUICKWRITES Direction: Shortly explain the difference between the two key terms presented below. Cruise _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ Hotel _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Ship _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ Motel _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Recreation/Leisure _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Entertainment _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

71

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

Enhancement Activity SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper. 1. What are the vital roles of the government and private sectors in the Philippine Tourism industry? 2. What will be the possible conflicts if the tourism policies of the government are not communicated well to the public? 3. Given the chance to become the Secretary of Tourism, what policies will you impose to better improve the Tourism Industry of our country? 4.

Let’s Do it! Research Time Choose your desired topic to research on the internet. Topic # 1: Puerto Princesa Subterranean River Topic # 2: Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park Topic # 3: Coron Island Visit websites associated to the chosen topic and compile information about the following areas: 1. Unique descriptions of the tourist destination 2. Government and NGO environmental protection programs 3. Role of the public in the preservation of the environment and heritage sites 72

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Individual product/performance will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics below: OVER ALL EVALUATION

Direction: Let the teacher assess your product in the following critical task and performance criteria.

Level Achieved

PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision. Instructor will initial level achieved.

73

LM-Travel Services

LESSON 2

Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

TRAVEL MANAGEMENT COMPANIES AND TRAVEL AGENCIES (TM)

Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Travel Management Companies and Travel Agencies Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. describe what is travel and tour agency; 2. differentiate the traditional “rate-minus” from the evolving “cost-plus” concepts; 3. recognize how travel agencies shift its roles from the traditional to the new trends in distribution cycle.

Have you ever tried to plan for your travel vacation? It seems to be a very exciting activity but you might end up disappointed in dealing with difficulties on how and at what point you can start. There are so many concerns that should be arranged and rigid matters to research on in travelling; whether looking for the best travel destination in magazines or internet that can satisfy your limited budget, securing for the necessary travel documents, plus the hassle of packing your clothes and personal necessities.

74

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

It is really a good thing that there are travel management companies and travel agencies that can guide, plan, and coordinate the plans for your dream vacation. Consulting a travel company is the best solution especially for beginners like you. Travel companies will surely find the best travel deal that suits your needs. The Tourist Code of 1980 under Article 243, describe the travel and tour agency as “an entity engaged in the business of extending to individuals or groups, travel services and assistance to include documentation, ticketing, booking for transportation and/or accommodation; arrangements, handling and/or conduct of tour within or outside of Philippines, whether or not for a fee, commission or any form of monetary consideration.” The Traditional Trend In the traditional way of selling travel products, travel agencies act as middlemen between the vendors and vendees. Vendors pertain to commercial entities such as hotels, resorts, airlines, cruise and tour bus companies, amusement parks, and others; travel agencies serve as the agents to market their product or services offered. On the other hand, vendees pertain to you or any person who buy the products offered by the vendors; in this case, travel agencies provide guidance on customers. Vendors/Commercial Entities

Middleman/Travel Agency

Vendee/Customers

Can the vendee go directly to the vendors to avail of their products or services? The answer is yes; but as explained earlier, it can be a rigid task. Furthermore, vendors do not have the luxury of time to answer every customer’s inquiry, that is why they prefer to create agreements with travel agencies to let them promote and explain the products and services that they offer in detail. As stipulated in the law, travel agencies have the right to collect commission from the vendor. This may range from 10% to 15% of the selling price which can be defined as “rate-minus”. Aside from this, the travel agent 75

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

can also impose markup on the net cost of products forwarded by the vendor or known as “net-plus” which are normally beyond the understanding of the customer. The New Trend Innovations brought by the computer technology have great impact on the way travel agencies function nowadays. Through the internet, people can already book their flights directly with airline companies, reserve for rooms on different hotels through the Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and a Global Distribution System (GDS). This time, travel agency is no more an agent for the vendor or a seller to the vendee; but a partner to both of the parties. They are now called as Travel Management Company (TMC).

Commercial Entities

Travel Management Company

Customers A TMC is responsible for providing assistance to the vendees in terms of finding the best supplier of travel products that can satisfy their needs at their convenience and with their purchasing power. TMCs conduct evaluation of the vendee to determine preferences and budget then find the best match based on the vendors audited assets. TMCs will also manage and negotiate with all travel processes of the vendee. In return, TMCs will explain and charge a professional fee from the vendee or the “cost-plus”. Unlike “netplus”, the “cost-plus” is openly communicated to the vendee.

76

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. WORD HUNT Direction: Mark the ten (10) hidden words in the puzzle below based on the lesson discussed. T N O I S S I M M O C N W Q T

R E V K R B K L T V W J I R F

A T J H C W I J W O Y K A N K

V P B W B H R O D N E V D W B

E L N Y F Q T K F H E F M Z F

L U K O H W N I D L N B I H S

P S U N I M E T A R T K D W U

R W F J Y I V G B J W Y D J L

O L T B H V E Q V G D K L O P

D F I M D N N T F D L B E H T

U W F O C L D W O S Y K M J S

C L N Y F T E I L F W H A L O

T K Z W D K E W Q V T J N W C

P R O F E S S I O N A L F E E

B. QUICKWRITE Direction: Differentiate the words in Column A from Column B. Rate-Minus _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Cost-Plus _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Vendor _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Vendee _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Travel Agency _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Travel Management Company _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

77

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance Icon for Learning Outcome

Learning Outcome 2 State the Functions of Travel Management Company (TMC) /Travel Agency Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. determine some of the benefits that consumers may get from booking through a travel agency; 2. explain the five basic functions of travel management company (TMC)/travel agency; 3. identify the sources of TMCs’ sales and revenue.

Which of these ways do you think would be the best thing to do to find the best travel deal that suits your budget: browsing the magazine, searching the internet, or consulting a TMC/travel agency? Majority of you might choose the second option which is browsing the internet. Well, you are right that the World Wide Web is really a good source to search on and many travelers today transact their travel deals online. However, it is also true that many travel deals posted on some websites are only scams or may have some hidden charges behind the declared deal rates. In this case, you would need somebody or an expert to help you out in finding the right travel deal that will not go beyond your budget such as travel management companies or travel agencies. Here are some of the advantages that customers may get from booking in a TMC/travel agency: 1. They are experts in their field - Travel agents will surely find the best travel solution since they are professionals in doing this kind of job everyday. 2. They conserve time and effort for you – They gather information from suppliers and clients, arrange company agreements, coordinate details of the

78

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

travel plans and file the needed documents. You have nothing to worry about because somebody is doing the tasks for you. 3. They know the best supplier – Travel management businesses have a wide range of company linkages and profiles. They compare price rates and marketability of the travel products from one company to another and will not stop until they find the most economical and desirable deal for you. 4. They take charge of responsibilities – Whenever things go wrong, conflicts are immediately resolved by the company since travel agents have direct attachments to customers. Unlike online travel transactions, there is no guarantee that your problems will be addressed since some hotline centers of online agencies may either be understaffed or not existing at all.

Functions of Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies The travel management company/travel agency has the following major functions: 1. Provide reliable information to clients – Travel agents are good seekers of travel information in terms of suppliers profile, their product prices, schedule of activities, and travel documents required. Unlike before when travel agents manually gather data through calling every commercial establishment just to compare prices, the use of internet today is a breakthrough in accomplishing these sort of jobs. Here are other means and sources that TMCs use to gather relevant information: travel guidebooks, business travel planner, the Star Service of hotels and cruise vessel, travel documentaries, and most importantly, review of personal experiences from travel forums. 2. Recommend travel products that suit the clients’ needs – After determining the traveler’s preference and budget, the next step is to find the right suppliers of products that can satisfy the requirements of the client. At this point, suggestive selling comes in wherein travel agents recommend various product inclusions or selections on the deal that will not go far from the client’s buying power such as deciding the appropriate airline and flight schedule, travel destinations, incentives, and others.

79

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

3. Guide travelers in obtaining travel documents – One significant benefit in consulting TMC is the guidance that they provide in securing for your travel documents such as immigration clearances, passport, and visas. In several travel destinations, some of these documents are not required especially for local travels. But as TMC determine the needs, they provide assistance to travelers in obtaining these documents, for a fee. 4. Arrange and coordinate travel activities – At this point, a TMC will now place reservation to suppliers, make travel arrangements, and issue corresponding proof of reservations to the traveler such as tickets or tour vouchers after he agrees with all recommendations laid by the TMC. Therefore, the traveler is not anymore an alien to the travel company but a “client”. 5. Provide assistance in case of refunds or cancellation of deal – There are times that the client decides to revoke his deal with the travel company due to unexpected circumstances. TMC will also assist the clients in processing cancellations or better provide recommendations to make adjustments on travel arrangements, if possible.

Sources of TMC Sales and Revenue There are various ways on how TMC benefit from processing travel arrangements of clients: 1. Professional/Handling Fee – This pertains to fees charge to clients for the professional services rendered by the travel agent in gathering travel information, advising, and processing travel arrangements. Professional fee is either a fixed amount or percentage of the travel cost. This is referred to as the “cost-plus”. 2. Sales Commissions – These are either a form of commission from regular product fares charged to supplier or known as “Rate-Minus”; or a markup on net product fare passed on the client or “net-plus” 3. Service Fee – These are fees collected from clients for some services incurred in addition to the regular travel functions such as assistance in securing travel documents, and processing of documents due to some adjustments from the original travel arrangement. 4. Incentives and Rebates from suppliers – As regular agents to suppliers, TMC sometimes receive incentives and rebates of any form as an act of generosity and appreciation on the part of suppliers. 80

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. TRUE OR FALSE Direction: Write TRUE if the underlined word/phrase in the statement is correct; and write FALSE if it is wrong. Put your answer on the space provided. __________ 1. Net-plus pertains to the commission markup or add-on to the regular price of travel products which are offered to the vendees. __________ 2. Travel agencies have no right to collect commission from the vendors/suppliers. __________ 3. When a travel agent assists the client in obtaining the required travel documents, he is allowed to collect a professional fee from the latter. __________ 4. Suggestive selling means providing travel deal options and recommendations that may satisfy the budget requirement of the client. __________ 5. The client should be a good provider of travel information in order to lessen the task of the TMC in finding the right travel deal for him. __________ 6. Cost-plus means collecting a professional fee from the client for the agent’s efforts in searching travel information and processing travel arrangements. __________ 7. Net-plus is a kind of commission that is openly communicated to the clients for transparency. __________ 8. After agreeing with all the TMC recommendations, the travel agent will process the travel arrangements and issue proofs of reservations. The vendee is now considered a client of the company. __________ 9. The TMC will no longer assist the client in case of deal cancellations and refund due to untoward circumstances. __________ 10. Professional fee is deducted from the original price of product or services offered by the vendor.

81

LM-Travel Services

B. QUICKWRITE Direction: Complete the diagram below understanding about the details of the concept given.

by

Grade 10

writing

your

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ _____

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ________

Functions of a TMC/Travel Agency

__________ __________ __________ __________ _____

__________ __________ __________ __________ _____

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ _____

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

82

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 3 Explain the Organizational Structure of TMC/ Travel Agency Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. describe the general characteristics of a Travel Management Company (TMC); 2. explain the Departmental functions of a TMC/Travel Agency; 3. understand the duties and responsibilities of the various designations in a TMC/Travel Agency.

Arranging every details of your travel plan is definitely not an easy thing to do. That is why many are letting the travel management companies do these rigid tasks for them. But, how is it possible that a TMC is able to arrange numbers of travel dealings everyday without compromising its credibility and work efficiency? It is because they have organized teams that function simultaneously according to the designated responsibilities. As a service industry, a travel management company/travel agency is committed to perform the following roles: 1. As Retailer – it buys travel products from suppliers (travel-related establishments) and sell them to buyers (the consuming public). 2. As Agent – it negotiates and help the suppliers in distributing travel products to the end user or client 3. As counselor – it guides the clients in using the best travel products that suits their needs. 4. As Profit Earner – it generates revenues from every service rendered to suppliers and clients such as professional fee (cost-plus), rate-minus, netplus, and service fee from auxiliary services.

83

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

A travel management company/travel agency is often composed of the following essential departments represented by the General Manager as chairperson: General Manager Assistant General Manager

Administration Department

Operations Department

Sales and Marketing Department

1. Administration – This is the core department that manages the internal functions of the company which often includes the General Administration, Personnel, Accounting, and Finance divisions. 

General Administration – It formulates administrative policies with regards to standard operating procedures of the company; manages all legal dealings, processes insurance needs of personnel, as well as the purchase and maintenance of the company’s physical facilities.



Personnel Section – It sets all administrative policies concerning human resource and development including personnel qualifications, screening, professional and personality development trainings of employee. It is also in-charge of monitoring its personnel’s work performance; recommends increase in compensation or promotion for efficient agents and imposes disciplinary actions on negligent staffs.



Accounting Section – It keeps all company records, permits, licenses, bills, ledgers and other accounting documents.



Finance Section – It manages the collection of revenues, transacts with banks, prepares financial reports and disburses money to defray all financial responsibilities of the company such as salary of employees and utility bills.

84

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Administrative Manager

Accountant

Cashier

Bookkeeper

Collectors

Personnel

2. Operations The Operations Department acts as the implementer in the delivery of the company’s core product which is to serve as intermediary between the suppliers and the client. Among big TMC/travel agency, operations is subdivided into two divisions namely: Travel Operations and Tour Operations. 

Travel Operations – This division takes care of the normal services catered by the TMC such as advising, information seeking, processing, reserving and ticketing, and securing of the travel documents for the clients. Personnel directly involved in the Travel Operations are the Travel Manager, Travel Supervisor, Documentation Supervisor, Travel Counselors, Reservations and Ticketing Officers, and the Liaison Officer. Travel Manager

Travel Supervisor

Documentations Supervisor

Travel Counselor

Reservations Officer

Ticketing Officer

Liaison Officer

85

LM-Travel Services



Grade 10

Tour Operations – It is the division responsible for the “preparation and implementation of all activities within an itinerary, within a given time frame, and within the estimated costs, in order to meet the expectations of the paying clients.” Unlike the Travel Operations division that normally transacts in an office, the Tour Operations responsibility encompasses the delivery of the actual tour activities in the field. The Tour Operations division is headed by the Tour Manager; followed by the Operations Supervisor and the Field Supervisor. Staffs under the Operations Supervisor are the Quotations Officer, Reservations Officer and the Messenger. On the other hand, Field Supervisor manages the Tour Coordinator and the Courier Ticketing. Tour Manager

Operations Supervisor

Field Supervisor

. Quotations

Reservations

Tour Coordinator

Courier

Messenger Tour Guides

3. Marketing and Sales Marketing and Sales are segmented activities which aim to uplift the sales revenue of the TMC. Marketing pertains to any activities that may cause public awareness about the company and the product or services it offers. When marketing plans are effectively communicated to the masses and many become interested to avail the products, it will result to increase in sales which the Department is targeting for. The Department is headed by the Sales and Marketing Manager; followed by the Business Development Supervisor and the Product Development Supervisor. Both of these positions are responsible for the creation and implementation of marketing plans on their respective areas; strengthening the business servicing aspects of the company and improving the desirability of the products offered.

86

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 3 A. Fill in the Box Direction: Below are statements describing the characteristics of various departments/divisions and designations in a TMC/travel agency. Identify each of them by writing your answer in the boxes provided. 1. It keeps all company records, permits, licenses, bills, ledgers and other accounting documents.

2. It takes care of any activities that may bring public awareness about the company and the products or services it offers.

3. It sets all administrative policies concerning human resource and development including employees’ qualifications, screening, professional and personality development trainings of employee.

4. It is responsible for the processing and delivery of the actual tour activities in the field as included in the itinerary.

5. It formulates administrative policies with regards to standard operating procedures of the company.

6. This department segment will benefit when the marketing plans are effectively delivered to the consuming public. 7. It acts as the implementer in the delivery of the company’s core product which is to serve as intermediary between the suppliers and the client.

8. It manages the collection of revenues, transacts with banks, prepares financial reports and disburses money to defray all financial responsibilities of the company

87

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

9. He/she monitors the normal office services catered by the TMC such as advising, information seeking, processing, reserving and ticketing, and securing of the travel documents for the clients.

10. The head supervisor in-charge of implementing marketing plans to improve the desirability of the products offered by the company.

B. QUICKWRITE Direction: Complete the diagram below understanding about the details of the concept given.

by

writing

your

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

Characteristics of TMC/ Travel Agency

_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

88

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 4 Plan to Put-Up a Travel Agency Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. recognize the forms of business ownership in the Philippines; 2. enumerate the various requirements to set up a Travel Management Company/ Travel Agency; and 3. describe the difference between an LGU License and DOT Accreditation.

Now that you have a clear picture on how Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies are managed and operated, it is now time for you to think about establishing your own business. But before that, you should decide on what type of travel agency you will be setting up: Are you going to franchise a well-known TMC/Travel agency or establish a new independent business entity? Both have its advantages and disadvantages. Perhaps, if your business will become part of an already established TMC, you will surely have lesser pressure on finding a supplier, training your staff, and marketing the travel product to the public since these companies have effective and stable support team that guides a franchisee in overseeing the business. However, you should bear in mind that franchising a business will cost a lot on your capital investment, plus the reality that you are their business partner and therefore you can only reap portion of the revenues in franchised business. On the other hand, establishing an independent travel agency will require lesser capital investment as compared to franchising. You have the freedom to manage its lawful operations and create an identity the way you want it to be. But, entering your business in a tight market is not as easy as you think; you have to find credible suppliers, train your own staff and promote for your own products. It takes time to establish a good reputation for your business. On whatever tract you may decide to pursue, this part of the learning resource will assist you on how to realize your travel management business and become a sustainable source of income.

89

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Forms of Business Ownership There are three (3) identified forms of business ownership in the Philippines that are normally applied to Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies, namely: 1. Sole or Single Proprietorship (Small-Scale Business) This business entity is managed and owned by a single person. This business setup is easy to establish and is also easy to collapse in case of liquidation. These documents should be secured from the following government agencies upon legalizing any sole proprietor business. Bureau of Domestic Trade Registration - Trade Name Registration - Bank Certificate for the Company’s capitalization - Tax Identification Number of the owner Local Government Unit - DTI Certificate of Business Name Registration - Copy of the Lease Contract Agreement of the premises - Bank Certificate of the Company’s paid –up capital - Financial projections for the next three (3) years - Biodata of the General Manager - List of the company’s employees with respective biodata - Duly accomplished application form - Proof of payment of application fee - General Liability insurance policy (varies according to the LGU) - Surety Bond from an accredited insurance company (varies according to the LGU) - Barangay Clearance

90

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Partnership (Medium-Scale Business) This is a business entity organized by two individuals or partners who agree to share responsibilities with regard to business management and finances. Generally, there are two types of partner: the active and the passive. The active partner is directly involved in the supervision of every business activities and may also share with financial responsibilities in the company. Meanwhile, the passive partner only provides financial support to the business and is never involved in managing business operations. Partnership requires strong coordination among business partners; in some cases, misunderstandings result to the liquidation of the business. The following documents should be secured for this form of business: Securities and Exchange Commission - Articles of Partnership - Bank Certificate of capital fund paid-up Department of Trade and Industry registration - Articles of Partnership - Bank Certificate of capital fund paid-up Local Government Unit - SEC–approved Partnership document - Copy of the Lease Contract Agreement of the premises - Bank Certificate of capital fund paid-up - Financial projections for the next three (3) years - Biodata of the General Manager - List of the company’s employees with respective biodata - Duly accomplished application form - Proof of payment of application fee - General Liability insurance policy (varies according to the LGU) - Surety Bond from an accredited insurance company (varies according to the LGU) - Barangay Clearance 3. Corporation (Large-Scale Business) Most Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies in the country have this setup. The business is composed of at least five (5) incorporators or stockholders who comprises the Board of Directors and is headed by a chairperson. The share of ownership or stocks in a corporation is transferable and negotiable to others if permitted by the stockholders; this makes the corporation the most established and stable form of ownership. The following documents are need to be secured: 91

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Securities and Exchange Commission - Articles of Incorporation - By-laws - Bank Certificate of the capital fund paid-up - Incorporator’s biodata Department of Trade and Industry registration - Articles of Incorporation - By-laws - Bank Certificate of the capital fund paid-up - Incorporator’s biodata After legalizing your business identity, you may now apply for the License to Operate from the Office of the City/Municipal Mayor with the following requirements needed: - Barangay Clearance where the business is going to be located - Fire Safety clearance - Certificate of electrical inspection - Certificate of occupancy - Certified copy of Articles of Incorporation (or Partnership) and By-Laws of Certificate of Business Name Registration for Single Proprietorship - Contract of Lease of office space or a sworn statement by the Landlord that the agency is a lessee thereof - Duly accomplished application form from the Business Permits and Licensing Office - Surety Bond valid for one year from the date of issue - List of all officers and employees and their respective positions, citizenship, and home address - List of all travel representatives, consultants, sales agents or persons who are regularly engaged in soliciting and booking passengers - For a new general manager, application for permit to work and documents to prove a minimum of three (3) years’ experience in travel and tour agency operations. It is also a must that your travel agency applies for registration in the following government agencies: - Social Security System - Bureau of Internal Revenue - Pag-Ibig Fund - Philippine Health Insurance Corporation 92

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Application for Department of Tourism (DOT) Accreditation You should note that application for Local Government Licenses is different from the Department of Tourism Accreditation. There are various significance in applying for DOT accreditation such as incentives given and inclusion in the promotional campaign of the government tourism agency. Upon applying for DOT accreditation, the following requirements must be satisfied: - Mayor’s Permit/Municipal License - Business Name Certificate for Single Proprietorship - Articles of Incorporation / Partnership & By-Laws for Corporation/Partnership - Latest Income Tax Return and Audited Financial Statements - Contract of Lease of office space / certificate of title - Application form duly accomplished and notarized - List of officers and employees - Valid visa and labor permit for foreign nationals - Board Resolution authorization for bonafide employee to file / transact business with DOT - Proof of Php 500,000.00 working capital - Proof of Inbound or local tour operations - Receipts of bookings from DOT accredited hotels/resorts - Tour packages with tariff rates - Copy of Surety Bond submitted to the Local Government Unit (LGU) - General Manager shall have at least 3 years managerial experience in tour operations - Bio-Data of two permanent staff who shall have at least 2 years in Tour Operations - Office space requirements; should be located in a commercial area, must be easily identifiable and shall be used exclusively for the tour operation business - For tour operator with branches – affidavit executed by the general manager of the main office acknowledging the existence of the branch office, assuming full responsibility of its operations and certifying that it is not managed nor operated by persons/entities other than the duly accredited employees and officers of the main office.

93

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 4 A. MIX AND MATCH Direction: Sort the given legal requirements below according to the government agencies it is intended to be submited upon registration and licensing of a business establishment. Put your answer in the appropriate columns. Fire Safety Clearance Articles of Partnership/Corporation List of company employees Proof of Inbound/Local Tour Operations Certificate of Electrical Inspection Receipts of booking from hotels/resorts Office of Mayor (License to Operate)

DTI / SEC

Mayor’s Permit Certificate of Occupancy Barangay Clearance Surety Bond Latest Income Tax Return Tour Packages with Tariff Department of Tourism

Local Government Unit

94

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. QUICKWRITES Direction: Write your understanding about the following forms of business ownership. 1. Sole Proprietorship

2. 3. 1.

Partnership

2. 3. 1.

Corporation

2. 3.

Enhancement Activity SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper. 1. What is the difference between Travel Agency and Travel Management Company? 2. What are the things that you should remember in establishing your own business? 3. Are Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies affected by the existence of the World Wide Web? Why or why not? 4. In your own view, how can a TMC/Travel agency adjust to the changing trends in the travel and tourism industry?

95

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s Do it!

Role Playing Divide the class into five groups. Ask each group to role play on the following topics: Group # 1: Travelers planning for a vacation Group # 2: Travel agent assisting a client Group # 3: Travel agent gathering information based on the travelers preference and budget Group # 4: Tour operator guiding the clients in the field Group # 5: Clients giving their feedback toward the tour operator’s performance during the tour activities Performance of the group will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics below: OVER ALL EVALUATION

Direction: Let the teacher assess your performance in the following critical task and performance criteria.

Level Achieved

PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.

The instructor will indicate his/her initial on the level achieved.

96

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s See How Much You Learned Post Test 1 A. MULTPLE CHOICE Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter of your choice in your answer sheet. 1. This establishment is suitable for motor travelers looking for inexpensive lodging services at their own convenience? a. Motel b. Condotel c. Corporate Hotel d. Resort Hotel 2. Which of the following lodging establishments can best accommodate companies that need facilities suitable for holding business conferences? a. All-Suite hotel b. Corporate hotel c. Motel d. Apartel 3. Which of the following companies offer travel services by sea? a. Sulpicio Lines b. Victory Liner c. Cebu Pacific d. None of the above 4. It is a government agency that has the power to implement policies concerning air travel safety. a. Philippine Ports Authority b. Department of Foreign Affair c. Bureau of Immigration d. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines

97

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

5. What is the only government-controlled tourism agency that has a board of trustees institutionally drawn from both private and public sectors? a. Philippine Tourism Authority b. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation c. Department of Interior and Local Government d. Department of Tourism 6. Which of the following is an airline company? a. Philtranco b. Star Cruises c. Sky Pasada d. Avis 7. This government agency is mandated to monitor the entry and exit of foreign nationals in the country. a. Department of Transportation and Communication b. Department of Public Works and Highways c. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines d. Bureau of Immigration 8. What government tourism agency is responsible for the collection of travel taxes on individuals? a. Department of Budget and Management b. Bureau of Internal Revenue c. Philippine Tourism Authority d. Department of Finance 9. On what private tourism sector does the cruise ship belong? a. Food and beverage b. Transportation c. Oil Company d. Educational institution 10. Republic Act No. 9593 is otherwise known as ________ a. Local Government Code of 1991 b. Tourism Act of 2009 c. Oil Deregulation law d. Aviation Act of 2013

98

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. ANALOGY Direction: Supply the word/phrase that can satisfy the missing argument. Write only the letter of your answer on the space provided. ___________ 1. Supplier : _______ as Vendee : Client a. Government agencies b. Commercial establishments c. Traveler d. Travel agency ___________ 2. ______ : Agent as Travel Management Company : Partner a. Commercial establishments b. Client c. Lodging industry d. Travel agency ___________ 3. Rate-minus : commission as cost-plus : _______ a. professional fee b. service fee c. rental fee d. markup fee ___________ 4. Personnel : Human resource as Finance : _______ a. Ticketing b. Record keeping c. Cash disbursement d. Public awareness ___________ 5. Lodging : Transportation as Marketing : ______ a. Sightseeing b. Travel c. Tourism d. Operations ___________ 6. Government : Policy making as Private sector : _______ a. Accrediting/licensing b. Policy implementing c. Peace and Order d. Marketing ___________ 7. Amusement Park : Attraction as _______ : Lodging a. Cafeteria b. Theater c. Bus Line d. Motel 99

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

___________ 8. Sole Proprietorship : DTI as Corporation : _______ a. Local Government Unit(LGU) b. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) c. Office of the City Mayor d. Department of Tourism (DOT) ___________ 9. PCVC : convention venue as _______ : travel taxes a. Local Government Units b. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines c. Philippine Tourism Authority d. Department of Tourism ___________ 10. Travel Operations : Office-based as _______ : Field a. Tour Operations b. Documentation c. Personnel d. Accounting C. ESSAY Direction: Explain the following questions on a clean sheet of paper. 1. What are the roles of the government and private sector in the Philippine Tourism Industry? 2. What are the similarities and differences between the traditional and the new trends in the distribution of travel products and services? 3. How Travel Management Companies (TMC) / travel agencies benefit for being an intermediary between vendors and vendee? 4. Explain the various forms of business ownership applicable to the TMC /Travel Agency. SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

100

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

QUARTER II Overview Filipinos are naturally travelers; this is manifested by our diverse culture and history for having strong family ties and hosts of festive religious and cultural events. Many of these social gatherings are rooted from the desire to appreciate and give thanks to God’s abundant blessings in our land. Traveling is not just joining the celebrations of our countrymen but a good opportunity to share values, harmony, and culture. Nowadays, tourism really changed the way every traveler thinks upon visiting places. More than the majestic sceneries of nature, some travelers still search for attractions that will let them feel the excitement and thrill run through their veins. Perhaps, many enjoy recreational activities when they are together with their family; while others prefer traveling alone for convenience or because of limited budget. There are indeed a lot of reasons that lead people to travel. In this part of the learning resource, you will learn the different factors that motivate or de-motivate travelers in engaging with different traveling activities; also, on how to match the travel market and the destination according to the traveler’s preference. As beginner travelers, it is important to assess and evaluate the tourist destination to be visited, as well as to know the appropriate use of travel guides such as map and compass in order to ensure your safety and comfort upon going to places you have never been before. At the later part of the quarter, you will recognize the vital role of travel agencies/TMCs and how they adapt to the new trends in the travel distribution cycle from using Computerized Reservation System (CRS) to Global Distribution System (GDS). You will become familiar with some of the major GDS that travel agencies/TMCs use in performing their business online. Lastly, this learning resource will hone your skills in navigating with the Amadeus GDS and how to use some of its basic commands.

101

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Western Visayas: The Land of Beaches and Smiles

Region 6 is indeed the home of world known beaches and rich cultural heritage. Who have not heard about the breath taking wonders of Boracay? But this heavenly paradise is just an entry to a lot more destinations that tourists can enjoy and relax; such as the Batabat Coral Reef and Malalison Island in Aklan, the clear blue waters of Guinaras in Antique, and the mystics of Danjugan Island in Bacolod City. If you still want more closeness to nature, try exploring the hidden Caves of Suhot and Quipot in Capiz, or walk through the Piña Village of Kalibo to meet the dreamweavers of the land. And of course, throw all your stress and worries through the bunch of smiles that awaits you in the Mascara Festival of Bacolod, then dance and rejoice your faith to the Almighty Creator in the Ati-atihan festival of Aklan and Dinagyang festival of Iloilo. Discover more of Western Visayas’s enchanting treasures and express your delight by shouting “Hala-bira!”

102

LM-Travel Services Icon for General Objectives

Grade 10

General Objectives At the end of this quarter, learners are expected to: 1. identify the markets and destination; 2. discuss the types of tourism; 3. assess and match travel destination suitable for travelers; 4. read and interpret map; 5. recognize famous tourist destinations in the world; 6. practice the internet and e-travel commerce; 7. describe the capabilities of Global Distribution System (GDS);

Let’s See What You Know Pre – Test 2 A. MULTPLE CHOICE Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter of your choice in your answer sheet. 1. The type of travel motivator related to discovering other people’s tradition, history, and way of life a. Physical b. Cultural c. Interpersonal d. Prestige 2. The Product-Related variable that satisfy client’s needs for travel whether corporate or leisure activities a. Length of stay b. Distance traveled c. Purpose of visit d. Mode of transportation

103

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

3. It is the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the equator. a. Arctic Circle b. Longitude c. Tropics of Capricorn d. Tropics of Cancer 4. It means to share faith and devotion together with the natives in glorifying the Almighty Creator. a. Historical Tourism b. Culinary Tourism c. Cultural Tourism d. Religious Tourism 5. A thanks giving celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan displayed in ritual dances and food offerings to their deities a. Pagdidiwata b. Ibalong c. Lemlunay d. Pista’y Dayat 6. This describes a traveler with a stable job but with limited time for traveling since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the workplace. a. Budget Traveler b. Regular Traveler c. High-End Traveler d. Either a or b 7. The travel evaluation indicator that is addressed upon answering the question: “Did you learn new things from your travel?” a. Accessibility b. Comfort and convenience c. Safety and security d. Education and entertainment

104

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

8. Part of the map that details the different items that can be seen in the areas of the map like the name, countries and capital cities a. Label b. Legend c. Compass Rose d. Title 9. This map is intended to describe the state and national boundaries of places. a. Physical Map b. Topography Map c. Climatic Map d. Political Map 10. A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water a. Archipelago b. Isthmus c. Island d. Peninsula 11. The IATA area where the Middle East belongs a. Area I b. Area II c. Area III d. Area IV 12. It is the most visited country in the world a. Russia b. Spain c. France d. Japan 13. The Bay Island of Honduras is part of this land area a. Central America b. Middle East c. New Zealand d. South Africa

105

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

14. All of the following are advantages of the internet in the travel business, except a. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of customer b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search c. It ignores personal motivation d. It reduces paperwork 15. The first computerized information system used primarily to store and retrieve clients’ data a. Computerized Reservation System (CRS) b. Global Distribution System (GDS) c. Personal Reference Number (PNR) d. World Wide Web (WWW) 16. A European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance, Iberia Lufthansa and SAS a. Sabre b. Worldspan c. Galileo d. Amadeus 17. The aim of this type of tourism is to acquaint travelers to the way of life of the natives which includes their customs and traditions a. Historical Tourism b. Cultural Tourism c. Culinary Tourism d. Adventure Tourism 18. The tendency of a big family to refrain from traveling activities because of inconvenience and high cost of expenditures belong to what travel demotivator? a. Lack of interest b. Lack of time c. Family stage d. Family bonding

106

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

19. The clients’ tendency to travel more often if they have better educational attainment pertain to what market variable? a. Socio-economic b. Product-related c. Psychographic d. Physiological 20. Which of the following map guides is not aligned together with the Altitudes? a. Equator b. Prime Meridian c. Arctic Circle d. Tropics of Cancer B. SPOT THE UNLIKE Direction: Identify the word or phrase that is not included in the group. Then write it on your answer sheet. 1.

Male Married First class flight seat College graduate, 25 years old

2.

Festivals Inexpensive fare Company sponsored events Busy work schedule Fine weather

3.

Mode of Transportation Safety Social recognition Relaxation Family bonding

107

LM-Travel Services

4.

Ayala y Compañia Pintados Festival House of Apacible Barasoain Church Santa Cruz Fort

5.

Taal Volcano Agusan Marsh Batanes Islands Tubbataha Reef Makati Medical Center

6.

Fantasy World Burnham Park Water Rafting Ocean Adventure Star City

7.

Budget Traveler Transportation Infrastructure Attraction Hospitality

8.

Ocean Plateau Bay Strait Gulf

9.

Indonesia Vietnam Ireland Jordan New Zealand

10.

Sabre Amadeus Galileo StarCruise

Worldspan

Grade 10

108

LM-Travel Services

LESSON 1 Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

MARKET AND DESTINATION (MD)

Learning Outcome 1 Identify the Markets and Destination Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. explain what are the people’s needs, motives, and aspirations in traveling; 2. differentiate leisure travelers from business travelers; and 3. recognize how market is affected by various intervening variables.

Have you ever experience an instance when you invite a close friend to attend your party; but in spite of your dedication, he/she was not able to come due to unexpected circumstances? You might feel disappointed during that moment but try to assess first the reason behind your friend’s decision to miss such a memorable event in your life. Sometimes, people change plans not to hurt others but to address some sort of priorities. The same reason applies to the travel industry. There are various factors that may affect a person’s decision to travel. As discussed in the previous quarter, people generally travel for leisure, business purposes or often both. People who have the tendency to avail and realize their travel plans are referred to as the Market. On the other hand, the places to be visited that are elaborated on tour packages of travel agencies pertain to the Destination. In some cases, travelers make adjustments or cancellation of their travel plans because of various factors that you will learn in this lesson.

Travel Motivators Travel motivators are factors that invite or push a person to travel. If your boss decides to schedule company meeting in a prestigious hotel in Cebu, the call of your duty as employee is your motivator. Other travel motivators are related to:

109

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

1. Physical This describes motivations that have direct effect on travelers’ physical body and is associated to relaxation and stress releasing; on the way they feel, see, hear, smell, and taste. Mountaineers visit places with exciting mountain trails and overviewing sceneries such as such as Mt. Pulag in Luzon and Mt. Apo in Mindanao. 2. Cultural This is a type of motivator related to discovering other people’s tradition, history, and way of life. Many feel excited about the Sinulog festival of Cebu City or visit native restaurants in the “culinary capital of the Philippines” Pampanga to meet, explore, and share cultures with people. 3. Interpersonal It is somehow connected to Cultural motives since both deals with meeting people. This motivator however is more of personal fulfillment upon making new friends and keeping the old ones which is often neglected or forgotten as we grow old like own childhood playmates, cousins and relatives. Apart from home, rejoice in the memories of old times and escape from rigid routines of the current life. 4. Status and Prestige This motivates travelers to achieve a better outlook in life through achievements, distinguished social status and recognitions they receive from people in the visited place. The capability of a person to travel places especially for leisure somehow connotes richness, good education and pleasant quality of life from the point of view of natives; and therefore, they often treat visitors with respect and hospitality because of such impression. 110

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Travel De-motivators This describes a situation, condition, and matters that may bring changes or lead to cancellation of an agreed travel deal with the travel agency. Such incident often results to frustration on the part of the traveler since that original motive to pursue is blocked. There are various factors that de-motivate travelers, these include:

1. Cost of Travel Money is the most powerful motivating and de-motivating effect among consumers. The family normally allocates their funds first for availing the basic needs such as food, house rental, and clothes; while leisure activities like traveling is only secondary in priority and only if there are still sufficient funds available. As a form of motivation for travelers, travel-related businesses regularly release discounted fare promos only for particular periods of time such as the PisoFare and other Airline Promos. But in time of insufficiency, families still prefer to remain in their houses than traveling to get rid of expenses unless they are pushed by unavoidable motives. 2. Lack of Time Company employees who have regular whole day work schedules and only rest once a week will surely find it hard to book for a two-days-onenight travel tour due to busy schedule. 3. Health In some cases, it is not advisable for people suffering in sickness to travel due to complications that they might get from the stressful trip, discomfort of being seated for a long time and sensitivity of their wounds to exposed environment. 111

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

4. Family Stage There are conditions in the family that might affect in their desire to travel. For example, if some family members will not be present during the slated time of the trip because of their commitment and activities in school or office, vacation plans will probably be postponed. Big families will limit the instances of traveling to avoid certain inconvenience which they may get from hard to manage children and expensive travel fares. 5. Lack of Interest People sometimes decline opportunities for traveling if they do not anymore feel the thrill and excitement in discovering places and people. Some factors may be: they have already been in the place and not expecting any difference anymore; lack of public information about the destination, and others. 6. Fear and Safety Some have fears in traveling because of traumatic experiences in their childhood, and the bad impressions that public media unintentionally create in the mind of the travelers.

Types of Travel Market Generally, there are two types of travelers based on the purpose of their visit to destinations. 1. Leisure Travelers – They are tourists looking for great opportunities to relax, discover new things, and meet with people. Leisure travelers are looking for exciting outdoor travel packages where they can experience remarkable adventures. 2. Business Traveler – These are people engaged in traveling for corporate engagements such as conferences, meetings, and conventions. Since most of their activities are done indoor, travel products must offer a satisfying lodging experience for guests.

112

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Market variables There are three (3) identified variables related to the traveler’s individual differences that cause the travel market to divide into distinct groups, namely: 1. Socio-Economic and Demographics Variables These are factors affecting the human social processes and population characteristics in relation to travel and tourism tendencies. Some of the aspects include:  Age - As people grow older, the desires and activities are gradually reduced to a more tranquil and relaxing recreational activities. On the other hand, the younger generation is adventurous and feels excited about every new thing that travel destinations may reveal to them. 

Gender - Males are essentially active and involve in various extreme activities that can test their tolerance and strength such as mountain climbing, sky diving, water surfing, and more. Females are typically sentimental and loud as compared to males. They need travel destinations that can satisfy their expressive side such as theme parks, beach resorts, shopping centers, and other places where they can enjoy lighter activities and have a relaxing mood.



Civil Status – Clients who are not yet establishing their own family has the greater tendency to avail of travel products and services since they have lesser family-related responsibilities as compared to those already married. However, it is also the family that drives individuals to travel especially for parents who wish to build strong bonding among their children and let their children experience learning which becomes even more memorable when they are together with their love ones.



Education - Customers with better educational attainment are often well-off compared to those who are less educated. It is easier for people who graduated from college to land a professional work with highly satisfying compensation that will eventually improve his/her socio-economic status. Aside from having a strong capacity to avail of travel products and services, well-educated clients have better understanding of different travel and tourism policies and therefore require lesser briefing than the average clients.

113

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Product-Related Variables These are factors related to the desirability of the travel products offered by the travel agency towards their clients. Travel products are matched according to various aspects that can satisfy every client’s requirements such as:  Length of stay – whether same-day visit, overnight, or longer stay for couple of days. Appropriate length of stay must be set according to the destination or activities. Perhaps, a one-night stay in a resort or beach will not be enough for relaxation, nor will a whole week visit to a theme park or animal zoo. It is quite a long time for travelers who wish to just view its major attractions. 

Purpose of visit – travel package should satisfy clients’ needs for travel whether intended for corporate activities or for leisure.



Distance Traveled – Travelers with limited time to spend must be presented with travel destinations and activities that will not require longer time upon moving from one place to another. Mode of Transportation – Means of moving to places must be suitable for passengers. Perhaps, children might not be comfortable in traveling by sea; or a wealthy passenger might want a first class seat in his flight.





Tourism Accommodation – whether tourists want an exclusively luxurious tourism accommodation or a simply collective or regular accommodation services given by tourism establishments.



Financial Requirement – Are there travel packages that can still satisfy the client’s needs in spite of the declared budget requirement?

3. Psychographic Variables The study of psychographics deals with human personality, values, attitudes, interests, and lifestyles. Abraham Maslow in his “Hierarchy of Needs” explained that people are motivated to achieve certain needs. When one need is fulfilled, a person seeks to fulfill the next one, and so on. Therefore, the following needs of man for travel must be satisfied:  Physiological The need to escape from the everyday work environment, relaxation, relief from tension, and stress 114

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10



Safety The need to have a sense of wellbeing, health, and recreation  Belonging The need for family bonding, companionship, social interaction, personal and family ties  Esteem The need for prestige, social recognition, ego-enhancement, personality development  Cognitive The need for cultural, educational, and interest resulting to learning  Aesthetics The need for appreciation of environment, scenery, arts and sciences

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. CLASSIFICATION Direction: Decide whether the following word/phrase belong to Travel Motivator or De-Motivator. Write your answer on the appropriate column. 1. Travel fare discounts and promos 2. Sudden death of an immediate relative in the province 3. Spare budget from family income 4. Expensive travel fare 5. Busy work schedules 6. Slated company meetings in a beach resort 7. Ineffective travel campaigns 8. Sponsored seminars and conventions 9. Festivals and cultural events 10. Health problems Travel Motivators

Travel De-Motivators

115

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. IDENTIFICATION Direction: Determine what factors affect the travel market are being described below; whether Socio-Economic, Product-Related, or Psychographic. Write your answer on the space provided. ______________ 1. Civil Status _______________2. Family bonding _______________3. Business Travel Deals _______________4.First class passenger seat _______________5. Number of Dependents _______________6. Appreciation of Historical Landmarks _______________7. Discounted Travel Fare _______________8. Educational Attainment _______________9. Social Recognition _______________10. Number of hours spend in traveling

C. ESSAY Direction: Explain the following questions in a clean sheet of paper. 1. How do people benefit from traveling to different places? 2. What is the role of a travel agency in setting the mood of a traveler upon decision making? 3. How do travel agency benefit from understanding clients behavior and preference? SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

116

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 2 Discuss the Types of Tourism Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. know the Philippine national regions and their provinces; 2. locate the major Philippine cities and describe tourist attractions; and 3. identify attractions that falls under the category of each type of tourism.

According to the Department of Tourism, tourist visitors that arrived in the Philippines in 2013 reached a total of 4,681,307 which is 9.56% higher compared to 2012 with a total 4,272,811. Such significant increase is a good manifestation of effective tourism campaign through the joint effort of the government and private sector. For that particular year, the Philippines gained estimated total revenue of 186.15 billion pesos, up by 15.1% from last year. Uplifting the credibility of the entire country’s tourism is indeed a tough responsibility. But then, as what they always say, “Success is not build within the night”; it has to undergo with the long process of trials and error. One concrete example is the Department of Tourism’s campaign slogan which is “It’s More Fun in the Philippines”; more than the tagline, government tourism agencies have to ensure that the Philippines is capable of offering superb tourism experience to tourists from different parts of the world. If this is not realized through policy implementation and search for potential travel destinations, success will not be possible. Specifically, there are various types of tourism attractions that the country can offer to the world and will surely fit to the needs of leisure travelers. 1. Historical Tourism – The Philippines is a land of heroes, nationalists, and artists that can be observed through many monuments, historical landmarks, museums, churches, and old establishments. Tourism attractions related to our rich history are mainly being cared by the National Historical Commission of the Philippines (NHCP). Some of the historical tourism attractions in the country are: 117

LM-Travel Services

Las Piñas Church

Cape Engaño Lighthouse

Grade 10

College of San Juan de Letran

- Ayala y Compañia (Makati City, NCR) - Las Piñas Church (Las Piñas City, NCR) - Nakpil-Bautista Ancestral House (Quiapo, Manila, NCR) - College of San Juan de Letran (Intramuros, Manila, NCR) - Ruins of the Catholic Church of Dingras (Region I) - Cape Engaño Lighthouse (Palaui Island, Region II) - Church of Barosoain (Bulacan, Region III) - House of Apacible (Batangas, Region IV-A) - Freedom Park (Marinduque, Region IV-B) - The Escuela Pia of Priteo Diaz (Sorsogon, Region V) - Hechanova House (Iloilo, Region VI) - Santa Cruz Fort (Bohol, Region VII) - Palo Hospital (Leyte, Region VIII) - The Royal House (Zamboanga del Norte, Region IX) - Fort of Concepcion y del Triunfo (Misamis Occidental, Region X) - Caraga Church (Davao Oriental, Region XI) - Immaculate Concepcion Church of Tamontaka (Cotabato City, Region XII) - Former Site of Philippine Military Academy (Benguet, CAR) - Sheik Makdum Mosque (Tawi-Tawi, ARMM) 2. Cultural Tourism – It involves the immersion of tourists in the way of life of the locals, discovering their heritage and traditions, tasting their foods, celebrating in their events, and appreciating the local products. Some examples of cultural tourism are:

118

LM-Travel Services

Parraw Regatta

Pahiyas Sa Quezon

Grade 10

Maskara Festival

- Dinagyang (Iloilo) - It is a colorful whirl of thousands of people dressed in unique costumes dancing and chanting all day and night. - Zambulawan (Pagadian City, Zamboanga del Sur) - The founding of Pagadian City showcases the Subanon tribe's rich cultural heritage by way of songs, dances and exhibits of musical instruments. - Parraw Regatta (Iloilo City) - An exciting boat race among native outriggers in the strait between Guimaras Island and Iloilo City. - Pak'kaat Kallo (Magpet, Cotabato) - An annual feast of the Manobo tribal community of Magpet in celebration of a bountiful harvest. - Lamilamihan Festival (Lamitan, Basilan) - A yearly festival coinciding with the founding of Lamitan Municipality; it showcases the traditional Yakan customs and traditions, music and dances, and traditional crafts. - Pista'y Dayat (Lingayen, Pangasinan) - A day of thanksgiving for bountiful harvests and abundant fishing observed all over Pangasinan with the traditional mass offering on beautiful beaches and fluvial parade. - Pahiyas sa Quezon (Lucban, Tayabas, Quezon) - Homes are decked with kiping (multi-colored paper thin, leaf-shaped rice kropeck) and harvested vegetables; trade fair; civic parades, procession and other activities. - Pintados Festival (Tacloban City) - Street pageantry and contest focusing on the Leyteños' old custom of tattooing that signifies courage and status in the community. - Lemlunay-T'Boli Tribal Festival (Lake Sebu) - An annual authentic T'boli tribal festival staged at Lake Sebu. It features tribal rituals that start at early dawn amidst the sounds of gongs and native music, culminating at the town plaza where cultural dances and ethnic sports like horsefight are held. - Maskara Festival (Bacolod City, Negros Occidental) - The biggest annual event that reflects the Bacoleños love for fun and gaiety. Coinciding with Bacolod City's charter day celebration, the festival features sports competitions, cultural programs, carnivals, beauty contests and a long Mardi grass-style costumed and masked street dancers. 119

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

- Ibalong Festival (Legaspi City) - A celebration depicting Bicol's early beginnings as portrayed in the "Ibalong" epic that tells of super heroes Handiong, Batlog and Oryol, and villains and wild animals that roamed in ancient times. In music and dances, revelers parade on the main streets wearing masks of these heroes and villains. Festival activities include tours, trade fairs, exhibits and beauty pageants. - Pagdidiwata (Puerto Princessa, Palawan) - A thanksgiving celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan expressed in ritual dances and food offerings to their deities and souls of departed kin 3. Religious Tourism – More than visiting temples and churches, tourists share faith and devolution together with the locals in glorifying the Almighty Creator through participating in their prayers, processions, biblical dramatizations, singing and dancing. Here are some activities signifying the religious tourism:

Via Crusis

Ati-Atihan

Feast of Black Nazarene

- Obando Fertility Rites (Obando, Bulacan) - Childless couples, thankful parents, grateful farmers and fishermen dance along the streets together with colorfully costumed women to pray for children and a good harvest. - Antipolo Pilgrimage (Antipolo, Rizal) - A month-long celebration that brings devotees and pilgrims to venerate the Our Lady of Peace and Good Voyage enshrined in Antipolo Church and afterwards, picnic to nearby Hinulugang Taktak. - Pulilan Carabao (Pulilan, Bulacan) - Hundreds of festively adorned carabaos are paraded by their farmer-owners on the street leading to the church; there, they are made to kneel down to pay homage to San Isidro de Labrado, the patron saint of farmers. - Manaoag Pilgrimage (Pangasinan) - Annual pilgrimage to the Shrine of Our Lady of Manaoag. Known to local pilgrims/tourists as miraculous, the Virgin's image has become one of Manaoag's main attractions. Pilgrims' vehicles are blessed every Saturday. 120

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

- Turumba (Pakil, Laguna) - A procession of the centuries-old image of the Virgin Mary through the streets, singing and dancing to the Turumba. - Ang Pagtaltal sa Guimaras (Jordan, Guimaras) - Lenten presentation on the hillside of Jordan with locals as actors. This alaOberrammergou event has been attracting hundreds of foreign and domestic tourists. Local devotees' visit usually culminates in the trek to "Balaan Bukid" or Holy Mountain where a huge cross is planted by the chapel overlooking Guimaras Strait and Iloilo City. - Eid-El-Fit’r Muslim Festival- A worldwide Muslim festival celebrating the end of the month-long fasting period of the Holy Month of Ramadan. - Via Crusis (Cebu City) - A lenten activity where devotees from Cebu City and its neighboring cities and towns do their penitential procession of the Stations of the Cross built on 12 hectares of rolling hills. The life-size statues of the 14 Stations of the Cross have been patterned after the Way of the Cross in Lourdes, France. - Feast of Our Lady of Candles (Jara, Iloilo City) - The blessing of candles and the yearly procession of the patroness, the Nuestra Señora de Candelaria is followed by the fiesta queen and her court which highlights the celebration. - Feast of the Black Nazarene (Quiapo, Manila) - This festival centers on the image of the Black Nazarene which was transported by galleon from Mexico to Manila in the 17th century. - Ati-Atihan (Kalibo, Aklan) – It is a celebration in honor of the Sto. Niño. Revelers don colorful costumes and paint their bodies black and dance to the distinctive beat of "Hala bira!" around the town. 4. Adventure Tourism – This pertains to tourism attractions that invite tourists looking for extreme activities that will test their endurance and strength. Tourism activities under this group are:

Water Rafting

Hot Air Ballooning

Rock Climbing

121

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

- Sky Diving (Tanauan, Batangas) - Hot air Ballooning (Clark Field, Pampanga) - Mountain Biking (San Mateo, Rizal; Santa Rosa, Laguna; Sagada; Loboc, Bohol) - Rock Climbing (Montalban, Rizal; Atimonan, Quezon; El Nido and Coron, Palawan) - Trekking (Mount Pulag in Luzon; Mount Apo in Mindanao; Mount Pinatubo in Pampanga) - Cave Exploration (Sagada and Palawan) - Sea Kayaking (Palawan, Subic Bay, Boracay) - Scuba Diving (Anilao, Batangas; Puerto Galera, Mindoro; Balicasag Island, Bohol; Tubbataha Reef, Puerto Princesa) - Water Rafting (Coron, Palawan; Chico River in the Cordillera Mountains; Cagayan De Oro River) - Surfing (La Union, Zambales, Leyte, Surigao) 5. Environmental or Eco-Tourism – Nothing really beats the beauty of nature. In fact, this is the best place to go when you want to feel wellness, relaxation, and freedom from all sorts of worries. Tourists engaged in ecotourism normally enjoy sightseeing, interacting with ethnic groups of the place and experiencing their means of survival in their everyday dealings with nature as their habitat. Here are some recommended places for you to visit:

Chocolate Hills

Tubbataha Reef

Cordillera Rice Terraces

- Agusan Marsh in Mindanao - Batanes Islands - Chocolate Hills in Bohol - Cordillera Rice Terraces - Donsol Whale Shark Interaction - Hundred Islands National Park - Mount Bulusan National Park - Puerto Princesa Subterranean River - Tubbataha Reef National Marine Park 122

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

- Taal Volcano in Tagaytay City - Siargao Island 6. Culinary Tourism – This is the best recreational activity for tourists with big appetite in tasting native delicacies and good learning experience for aspiring chefs. Culinary tourism may be defined as a combined passion for traveling and eating. While your mind is being fed with facts, history and rich culture of the place, you also have the chance to literally taste the native cuisines. Some of the treasured delicacies that keep tourists from going back on the place it is originated are:

Sisig

Batchoy

Pancit Malabon

- Curacha or steamed sea crab (Zamboanga) - Inasal na manok (Negros) - Kaldereta (Luzon) - Kinunot or shredded meat of stingray cooked in coconut milk (Bicol) - Laing (Bicol) - Sisig (Pampanga) - Batchoy (Iloilo) - Dinengdeng (Ilocos) - Sinanglaw (Ilocos) - Pancit Tuguegarao (Cagayan) - Pancit Malabon (Tagalog) - Pinakbet (Ilocos) - Biskotso (Iloilo) - Rosquillos (Cebu) - Barquillos (Negros Occidental) - Belekoy (Bulacan) - Espasol (Laguna) - Piaya (Negros Occidental)

123

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

7. Medical Tourism – This involves the provision for effective medical facilities in the country that leads the local and foreign visitors of availing health care services such as medical diagnostics, surgery, therapy, weight loss programs, and more.

St. Lukes Medical Center

Makati Medical Center

Then, after the stressful treatment, patients may decide to visit some tourist attractions near the place to make way for enjoyment. Here are some of the world class medical facilities in the country: - St. Luke’s Medical Center - Makati Medical Center - Manila Doctor Hospital - Metropolitan Medical Center - University of Perpetual Help Dalta Medical Center - World Citi Medical Center - Manila Philippine Orthopedic Institute - Institut Santre NuHart Hair Clinic - Instituto Estetico Manila Enhance Cosmetic Surgery and Skin Care Center - Beverly Hills 6750 Cosmetic Surgery and Skin Institute - Eye Republic Ophthalmology Clinic 8. Recreational Tourism – These pertain to attractions that visitors can enjoy to relax, bond with the family members and friends during their leisure time which includes national parks, amusement parks, zoo, theme parks, botanical garden, resorts and beaches, concert hall, coliseum, shopping malls, sports centers, theaters and movie houses, and others. Some of the recommended attractions to visit are:

124

LM-Travel Services

Enchanted Kingdom

Manila Ocean Park

Grade 10

Sky Ranch

- Enchanted Kingdom (Laguna) - Star City (Manila) - Ocean Adventure (Subic, Zambales) - Quezon City Memorial Circle - Rizal Park (Manila) - Colon Street (Cebu City) - Manila Ocean Park (Manila) - Araneta Shopping Complex (Cubao) - Burnham Park (Baguio City) - Sky Ranch (Tagaytay City) - Fantasy World (Batangas) Tourism Facilities For Business Travelers Unlike leisure travelers, these visitors are engaged in traveling mainly for corporate purposes, and sometimes also for some short leisure. Their activities are done indoor that needs to be conducive for them to become productive in doing their work. Lodging establishments should provide facilities that are essential in performing office tasks such as DLP projector, telephone, office table and chairs, fax machine, photocopier, computers and printer. Some tourism establishments that can provide such services are hotels, resorts, and convention centers.

125

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. MIX AND MATCH Direction: Write the following tourist attractions according to its appropriate classification. 1. Cave Exploration 2. Bacolod Inasal 3. Fantasy World 4. Institut Santre NuHart Hair Clinic 5. Parraw Regatta 6. Cape Engaño Light House 7. Tubbataha Reef National Marine Park 8. Mascara Festival 9. Via Crusis 10. Dinengdeng 11. Santa Cruz Fort 12. Eye Republic Ophthalmology Clinic 13. Sea Kayaking 14. Pulilan Carabao 15. Hundred Islands National Park 16. Sky Ranch 17. Hechanova Ancestral House 18. Chocolate Hills in Bohol 19. Manila Philippine Orthopedic Institute 20. Enchanted Kingdom 21. Pintados Festival 22. Feast of Black Nazarene 23. Pahiyas sa Quezon 24. Pancit Tuguegarao 25. Mountain Biking

126

LM-Travel Services

Historical ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

Adventure ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

Cultural ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

Environmental ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

Medical ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

Grade 10

Religious ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

Culinary ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

Recreational ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ ______________ 127

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. ESSAY Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper. 1. What is the difference between travel packages offered for leisure travelers and business travelers? 2. Why is it important to determine the kind of tourism that can be offered in different places? 3. As leisure traveler, how does your interest affect your decision to choose the right travel destination? SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

Learning Outcome 3

Assess and Match Travel Destination Suitable for Travelers

Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. know the criteria for assessing destination traits and attractions; 2. apply the criteria to assess a specific destination traits and attractions; and 3. evaluate the desirability of the travel destination. After a long travel adventure, it became a habit to everyone of us to talk about the experiences that we had along the journey; some often do this while sitting on a sofa together with friends sipping a cup of coffee. Actually, the conversation is not only about the attractions in the place, but also on what you observed, performed, and enjoyed along the trip. After all, industries believe that the best form of advertisement is the “word-of-mouth” or personal 128

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

referrals. What people say about your business and the products and services it offer matters a lot. As you satisfy every customer, they will never stop talking about it until almost everybody knows about the good news that you have a business that is one of a kind. Setting good impression about the characteristics of the destination or place to be visited significantly affects the decision of the visitors to pursue their travel.

Prior to a traveler’s visit, one must consider first some factors that may bring fulfillment or struggle on the endeavor such as: 1. Transportation – Is the place accessible enough to all modes of transportation whether by air, land, or sea? Is the distance from one destination to another not consume much of your time? Is it safe enough to move to different places? How much budget will be allocated for traveling? 2. Infrastructure – How well is the development in the place in terms of street and road conditions, state of airports and piers, and stability of buildings and establishments? Does the place address the traveler’s need for water, electricity, communications and sewage? 3. Attraction – How desirable is the travel package in terms of inclusive attractions in every destination? How much will it cost to avail the travel product? Are there discounts and promos? Are there restrictions to be observed? 4. Hospitality – How accommodating are the service staffs in the establishment? Does the tour cater for exclusive or general public services? Are the establishments generous enough to let tourists use all their facilities and amenities?

129

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Matching Markets with Destinations In the previous quarter, it was explained that travel products offered by a travel agency must match according to the client’s declared budget requirement. Unconsciously, a travelers’ buying capability have lot of influence on their decision-making; whether to pursue certain travel activities or not during their stay. Perhaps, if there is a zipline facility in a theme park visited, some travelers might not take the chance to try this if it requires separate fare from the tour package. Tourists might enjoy sightseeing, sun bathing, and swimming activities in the beach rather than availing an extra ride in the banana boat for it means additional expense on the budget. Therefore, travelers are looking at travel products that include all activities that they need without incurring extra cost from their limited budget. A traveler can be categorized into three (3) types based on their buying capacity and attitude towards travel. 1. Budget Traveler – One who travels without a stable source of income or merely relies on his/her parents’ income such as students and free lancers. His/her cash on hand is usually accumulated savings from daily allowances or excess from earned income after deducting the basic expenses; that is why, he/she seeks for services that can give best value for the money. He/She may travel either in a group or as an individual. Economy is the major consideration than quality of service provided to him/her. 2. Regular Traveler – One who is an average earner with stable job but with limited time for traveling since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the workplace and just chooses to travel shortly to escape from the stressful routine. He/She has the tendency to travel in group together with office mates, family, or as an individual. He/She also seeks for the best value for money and considers comfort in his/her stay but does not deem it essential. 3. High-End Traveler – This type of traveler already has a stable economic status and luxury of material resources; usually retiree or owner of his/her established business. He/She either travels together with love ones or friends, often sometimes at his/her own expense. He/She is willing to pay more as long as the best travel service will be given to him/her. This visitor always demand for quality than economy.

130

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Destination Evaluation As you are done with all the enjoyment and tiring activities, it is about time for you to evaluate the quality of service offered in the travel. To help you decide on this aspect, here are some key indicators for you to review. 1. Accessibility – Were there any distractions that led you to consume longer time in moving from one place to another like traffic or road constructions? Are there available transport facilities in the place for the entire day? 2. Comfort and Convenience – Did the local staffs and private personnel of establishments assist you willingly? Did the travel establishment provide all basic the needs of guests in terms of appetizing food, conducive/comfortable lodging facilities, fast internet and phone connections, sponsored personal necessities like toothbrush, bath soap, towel, etc.? 3. Education and Entertainment – Did you learn new things from your travel? Did these experiences bring you fulfillment, relaxation, and delight? 4. Service, Safety and Security – Did the trip met your expectation as leisure/business traveler? Did you feel the safety and belongingness in the places you visited?

Review of Learning Outcome 3 A. Fill in the Box Direction: Below are guiding questions that describe the key indicators in assessing and evaluating travel characteristics. Identify each of them by writing your answer in the boxes provided. 1. Does the place address the traveler’s need for water, electricity, communications and sewage?

2. Did the trip meet your expectation as a leisure/business traveler?

3. Were there any distractions that led you to consume a longer time in moving from one place to another like traffic or road constructions?

131

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

4. How desirable is the travel package in terms of inclusive activities in every destination?

5. Did the local staff and private personnel of establishments assist you willingly?

6. How accommodating are the service staffs in the establishment?

7. Did you learn new things from your travel? 8. Is the distance from one destination to another not consume much of your time?

9. Did these experiences bring you fulfillment, relaxation, and delight?

10. Did you feel the safety and belongingness in the places you visited?

B. QUICKWRITE Direction: Complete the diagram below understanding about the details of the concept given. Budget Traveler ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ Types of Traveler ______________________ ___________________

by

writing

your

Regular Traveler ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ High-End Traveler ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ___________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________

132

LM-Travel Services

Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 4 Read and Interpret the Map Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. know how to read and interpret a map; 2. understand basic principles of geography through distinguishing different land forms and bodies of water; and 3. explain the different types of map and its uses.

Map is an essential guide for travelers in determining the exact location of the place they are not familiar with especially for tourists visiting out of the country destinations. Although maps are graphical illustrations of the lands and bodies of water, many have difficulty in using them because of various symbols, lines, colors and other indicators which are not known to many. Before you become proficient in reading maps, it is a must to first identify the different lines, symbols, color and details that you can found in a map.

133

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Parts of the Map 1. Title – This label gives you the idea about the purpose and type of information that the map tries to show. 2. Compass Rose – It is usually a circular guide for directions located at the corner of the map. Aside from indicating the upward location of the map, it also describes the main (east, west, north, south) and the intermediary (northeast, northwest, southeast, southwest) directions toward all locations. 3. Labels – It details the different items that can be seen in the areas of the map like the names countries and capital cities, famous landmarks, names of bodies of water, and others. 4. Legend/Key – This is usually enclosed in a box and situated at the side of the map. It defines all symbols, colors and other markings used in the map. 5. Scale – It describes the ratio between the length of the map as compared to the real unit distance of lands and bodies of water on earth. For example, one centimeter of map area is equivalent to 500 miles of its actual land mass. 6. Symbols – These are graphical representations of different items that can be found in the map locations such as mountains, rivers, capital cities, natural resources, and economic activities. 7. Longitudes or Meridians - These are imaginary lines drawn from North to South Pole of the earth equidistant to one another. - Prime Meridian – It is the first longitude (0 degree) that passes through Greenwich of London. - International Date Line – It is the last meridian where the +180 degrees and -180 degrees meet.

134

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

8. Altitudes – These describe the imaginary horizontal lines that runs from east to west of the map. Some other important lines that runs through the Altitudes are: - Equator – the imaginary line situated at the middle of the earth - Tropics of Cancer – the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the Equator - Tropic of Capricorn – the imaginary line 23 degrees south of the Equator - Arctic Circle – the imaginary line that surrounds the North Pole where the Arctic is located. - Antarctic Circle – the imaginary line that surrounds the South Pole where the Antarctic is located. 9. Absolute and Relative Location – The absolute location pertains to the place on earth that fall exactly at the point where the altitude and longitude meets; whereas, relative location describes any place surrounding the altitude and longitude. 10. Inset Map – This pertains to a larger scale representation of a portion of the map and is usually projected on the uncluttered side of the map. 11. Locator Map – It shows the highlighted area of land and its location into the context of the globe.

Land Forms Continent – a huge connected bodies of land Island – a mass of land surrounded by water Archipelago – islands surrounded by water Isthmus – a narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water Peninsula – large projection of land into water Plateau – an elevated land mass with flat surface on its crest Cape – a projection of land into water Mountain – an elevated land mass that is peaked Elevation – the height of land above sea level Volcano – a land mass the same with mountain but emits lava and other materials when active 135

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Bodies of Water Ocean – the largest body of water that makes up 2/3 of the earth’s surface. The different oceans that surround the earth are the Pacific, Atlantic, Indian, and Arctic. Sea – second to the largest body of water. Some of which are the Black Sea, Dead Sea, and Caspian Sea Gulf – a large body of water that extends beyond into land Bay – a smaller body of water than the Gulf that protrudes into land Lake – a body of water surrounded by land Strait – the water passage between lands Fjords – narrow inlets of sea between steep slopes

Types of Maps Maps vary depending on the details and purpose it is intended. Here are some of the common types of maps to be remembered: 1. Physical Map – It identifies all landforms and bodies of water that can be found in different parts of the earth. 2. Topography Map – It is somewhat similar to the Physical Map for showing different landforms and bodies of water; but instead of colors, contour lines are used to illustrate the elevation and changes in the landscape of the earth features. 3. Thematic Map – More than the usual details of lands and bodies of water, it also includes some additional information for the convenience of travelers such as climatic condition in the place, population density, economic activity, historical trends, and political boundaries. 4. Political Map – This map is intended to describe the state and national boundaries of places. 5. Climate Map – This describes the kind of climate that can be expected by travelers in the place of visit. Climatic zones are scientifically determined through measuring the amount of temperature, rainfall or snow, humidity, number of cloudy days and other conditions in the place. 6. Economic or Resource Map – It determines the presence of natural resources in the area which are marked with specific colors and symbols in the Legend. 7. Road Map – It is the most common type of map that is widely used by travelers. This specifies the major highways and roads in the area that travelers may tract to arrive at the desired destination. 136

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 4 A. MATCHING TYPE Directions: Match the definitions in Column A with its corresponding term in Column B. Write your answer on your answer sheet. Column A Column B Definition Term ______1. The map that determines the presence A. Equator of natural resources in the area ______2. A body of water surrounded by land ______3. The imaginary line situated at the middle of the earth ______4. The map intended to describe the state and national boundaries of places.

B. Map Locator C. Climate map D. Political map E. Longitude

______5. A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water

F. Scale

______6. The map that illustrates the elevation and changes in the landscape of earth features through contour lines

G. Economic map

______7. The imaginary lines drawn from North to South Pole of the earth

I. Legend

H. Isthmus

J. Topography map ______8. It shows the highlighted area of land and its location into the context of the globe.

K. Lake

______9. It describes the ratio between the lengths of the map as compared to the real unit distance of lands and bodies of water on earth. ______10. It defines all symbols, colors and other markings used in the map.

137

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. QUICKWRITE Direction: Shortly explain the difference between the two given terms below. Altitude _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Longitude _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Physical Map _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Topography Map _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Absolute Location _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Relative Location _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Island _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Archipelago _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Inset map _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

Locator map _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE QUICKWRITE

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

138

LM-Travel Services

Learning Outcome 5

Grade 10

Recognize Famous Tourist Destinations in the World

Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. identify the International Air Transportation Association (IATA) areas; 2. describe political boundaries and topography in each IATA area of operation; and 3. locate countries and cities and describe the tourist attractions. The International Air Transportation Association (IATA) is the trade association that formulates industry policy and standards to ensure safety, security, work simplification of the airline operations across the globe. The headquarters of IATA is situated in Montreal, Canada. It represents around 240 airlines or more than 84% of the total air traffic. In order to employ effective supervision of airline industries and better understand the expanse of locations worldwide, IATA identified three (3) areas of operations: Area I – It is composed of all the North and South American Continent and the adjacent islands, Greenland, Bermuda, the West Indies and the islands of the Caribbean Sea, the Hawaiian Islands. 

North America is a continent entirely within the Northern Hemisphere and almost within the Western Hemisphere. It is approximately at 15 degrees north of the globe and expands northward from the Tropic of Cancer. It covers an area of about 24,709,000 square kilometers (9,540,000 square miles), or about 4.8% of the planet’s surface. Most of the continent’s land area is dominated by Canada, the United States of America, and Mexico. The United States of America earned $126.2 billion in 2012 and became the top International Tourism Receipt for said year.

139

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Some of best tourist attractions in North America that must be visited are:

Niagara Falls



Washington, D.C.

Cape Cod, Massachusetts

o Cape Cod, Massachusetts, United States of America o Washington, DC, United States of America o Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada o Banff National Park, Alberta, Canada o Lassen Volcanic National Park, California, USA o Walts Disney World, Florida, United States of America o Whistler, British Columbia, Canada o Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, United States of America South America is the next sub-continent of Americas situated in the Western Hemisphere, mostly in the Southern Hemisphere, with a relatively small portion in Northern Hemisphere. It has a land area of 17,840,000 square kilometers (6,890,000 square miles). It is bordered by two big bodies of water: the Pacific Ocean in the west and Atlantic Ocean towards North-East. It is composed of twelve sovereign states namely: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uruguay, and Venezuela; as well as the two non-sovereign areas, the French Guiana and Falkland Island. South America is also one of the world’s best tourist destinations. Some of the tourist attractions that may be visited by travelers are:

Machu Picchu

Angel Falls

Rio de Janeiro

o Machu Picchu, Peru o Amazonia, Ecuador o Angel Falls, Venezuela 140

LM-Travel Services



Grade 10

o Torres del Paine, Chile o Salar de Uyuni, Bolivia o San Pedro de Atacama, Chile o Galapagos Island, Ecuador o Rio de Janeiro, Brazil o Buenos Aires, Argentina Central America has a land area of 524,000 square kilometer (202,000 square miles). It is the center of the Americas connected to the South America on the southeast and isthmian portion of the North America. There are seven countries that cover the Central America areas namely: Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama. Some of the well-known tourist attractions in Central America are:

Lago de Atitlán

Panama City

Isla de Ometepe

o Lago de Atitlán, Guatemala o The Hummingbird Highway, Belize o Bay Islands, Honduras o Isla de Ometepe, Nicaragua o Monteverde & Santa Elena, Costa Rica o Panama City o Arenal Route, Costa Rica o Ruta de Las Flores, El Salvador According to the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO), over 163.1 million international tourist arrived at various regions of the Americas in 2012. This is 4.6% higher compared to in 2011. In fact, the North America ranked second as the most visited Continent for that particular year. Area II – It comprises all of Europe; including the European part of the Russian Federation and the adjacent islands, Iceland, the Azores, all of Africa and adjacent islands, Ascension Island, that part of Asia lying west and including Islamic Republic of Iran. 141

LM-Travel Services



Europe – is the second to the smallest continent with a surface area of about 10,180,000 square kilometers (3,930,000 square miles). With approximately 50 countries in the continent, Russia covers the largest land area, while the Vatican City is the smallest. Europe is the third with the largest population next to Asia and Africa. According to UNWTO, France is the most visited country in the world with recorded international tourist arrivals of 83.0 million in 2012, and 81.6 million in 2011 or an increase of 1.8%; while Spain is second as top earner in the Tourism Industry for the respective year. Here are some other recommended tourists attractions in Europe:

London, England



Grade 10

Paris,France

Rome, Italy

o London. England o Paris, France o Rome, Italy o Barcelona, Spain o Dublin, Ireland o Madrid, Spain o Amsterdam, The Netherlands o Prague, Czech Republic o Vienna, Austria o Moscow, Russia Middle East – is the land with great concentration of Islamic nations around the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean Sea, extending from Morocco to the Arabian Peninsula and Iran and sometimes beyond. The central area was formerly known as Near East. The states or territories of this region include Turkey, Lebanon, Cyprus, Iraq, Syria, Iran, Israel, Jordan, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Yemen, Oman, Sudan, Libya, Bahrain, Qatar and United Arab Emirates. Tourist attractions in the Middle East are uniquely different from other places because of the influence of rich Islamic culture, history and civilizations. Some territories of vast deserts are now transforming into beautiful cities to make way for industrialization and 142

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

tourism possibilities. Some majestic tourist attractions in Middle East are:

Cairo, Egypt



Petra, Jordan

Istanbul, Turkey

o Petra, Jordan o Sanaa, Yemen o Qalat, Bahrain o Sabratha, Libya o Cairo, Egypt o Istanbul, Turkey o Dubai, United Arab Emirates o Jerusalem, Israel o Doha, Qatar Africa – is the second to the largest continent and also second to the most populated region in the world. It is about 30.2 million square kilometers (11.7 million square miles) including the adjacent islands or 6% of the earth’s surface area. Algeria has the largest land area. The continent is surrounded by bodies of water; Mediterranean Sea to the north, Suez Canal and Red Sea to the Northeast, Indian Ocean to the Southeast, and the Atlantic Ocean to the West. There are 54 recognized sovereign countries, 9 territories, and 2 independent states with limited or no recognition encompassing the entire African Continent. Among these territories, Nigeria has the largest population of estimated 173.6 million which is the seventh largest in the world in 2013. In terms of tourism, 49.5 million international tourists arrived in Africa in 2011. This is an increase of 0.85 over 2010. Some of the best tourist attractions in Africa are:

Marrakech, Morocco

Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe

Carthage, Tunisia

143

LM-Travel Services

o o o o o o o o

Grade 10

Cape Town Central, South Africa Marrakech, Morocco Mombasa, Kenya Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe Serengeti National Park, Tanzania Swakopmund, Namibia Carthage, Tunisia Ranomafana National Park, Madagascar

Area III – It covers all Asia and the adjacent islands, except that portion included in IATA Area II, all of the East Indies, Australia, New Zealand and adjacent islands, the islands of the Pacific Ocean, except those included in IATA Area I.  Asia (East of the Urals) – is the largest among the seven continent and also the most populated. It covers 8.7% of the earth’s surface area and is situated mainly in the eastern and northern hemisphere. The continent is surrounded by the three large bodies of water: Pacific Ocean in the east, Indian Ocean towards south, and Arctic Ocean in the north. The region is inhabited by 60% of the world’s total population of about 4.3 billion people. Furthermore, the Philippines is situated in the Southeast Asian region. Some of the wonderful tourist attractions in Asia are:

Taj Mahal

o o o o o o o o o o

Temple of Angkor

Halong Bay

Boko National Park, Cambodia Borobudur, Indonesia Batanes, Philippines Halong Bay, Vietnam Mount Everest, Nepal Taj Mahal, India Temples of Angkor, Cambodia Victoria Peak, Hong Kong Bangkok, Thailand Hokkaido, Japan 144

LM-Travel Services



Grade 10

Oceania (Australia, New Zealand and South Pacific Islands) – is the region centered on the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Oceania is divided into 3 subregions: the Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia; comprising 14 sovereign countries and around 24 dependent territories. Australia covers the largest land area among other political boundaries in Oceania. Some of the known hidden paradise of the land are:

Great Barrier Reef

o o o o o o o o o

Ayers Rock

Bora Bora

Ayers Rock, Australia Milford Sound, New Zealand Bora Bora, French Polynesia Guadalcanal, Solomon Island Kokoda Trail, Papa New Guinea Burden of Maui, Tonga Kangaroo Island, Australia Great Barrier Reef, Australia Saipan, Northern Mariana Islands

In 2012, over 233.5 million international tourists arrived in Asia and the Pacific; whereas, China was ranked third as the most visited country in the world during the said year.

145

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 5 A. CLASSIFICATION Direction: Determine whether the following tourist attractions belong to IATA Area I, Area II or Area III. Put the answer on your paper. 1. Marrakech, Morocco 2. Cairo, Egypt 3. Milford Sound, New Zealand 4. Banff National Park, Alberta, Canada 5. Machu Picchu, Peru 6. Mount Everest, Nepal 7. Great Barrier Reef, Australia 8. Ranomafana National Park, Madagascar 9. Paris, France 10. Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada 11. Petra, Jordan 12. Vienna, Austria 13. Galapagos Island, Ecuador 14. Borobudur, Indonesia 15. Jerusalem, Israel B. TRUE OR FALSE Direction: Write TRUE if the statement is correct; otherwise, write FALSE if the statement is wrong. Put the answer on your paper. 1. Africa is the most populated continent in the world. 2. Australia belongs to the South American region. 3. Vatican City is the smallest sovereign territory in the world. 4. Nigeria has the largest land area in the African continent. 5. France is the most visited country in the world in 2012. 6. South America is situated around the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean Sea. 7. Hawaii belongs to the American continent. 8. Asia has the largest land area among the seven continents. 9. Canada belongs to Oceania. 10. Algeria is the most populated country in Africa. 11. Russia covers the largest land area in Europe. 12. The central Middle East was formerly known as the West Indies. 146

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

13. The Philippines belongs to Southeast Asia. 14. Brazil belongs to the IATA Area II. 15. United Nations World Tourism Organization formulates standards to ensure safety, security, and work simplification of airline operations across the globe.

Enhancement Activity SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper. 1. Among the different types of tourism you have learned, what motivates you the most to visit places? Why? 2. Why is it important to assess first your tourist destination then evaluate the experiences that you had after the travel? 3. As a beginner traveler, what are the ten (5) most important basic things that you should have in your bag upon travel to ensure safety and order?

Let’s Do it! Research Time Choose your desired topic to research on the internet. Topic # 1: Puerto Princesa Subterranean River Topic # 2: Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park Topic # 3: Coron Island Visit websites associated with the chosen topic and compile information about the following areas: 1. Unique description of the tourist destination 2. Government and NGO environmental protection programs 3. Role of the public in the preservation of the environment and heritage sites 147

LM-Travel Services

LESSON 2

Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

THE INTERNET AND E-TRAVEL COMMERCE (ET)

Learning Outcome 1 Practice the Internet and E-Travel Commerce Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. understand the true impact of the internet in the travel industry; 2. appreciate the contribution of technology to the growth and maturity of the travel business; and 3. identify the advantages and disadvantages of internet to consumers and to travel agents.

“Since air travel began, technology has provided the solid foundation on which travel agents build and develop their businesses...There are so much technology out there, and whether beneficial or not, these technologies are converging to offer the next wave of how travel will be conducted. Travel agents will need to take advantage of these opportunities and be willing to adopt new innovation.” These statements were given by the Abacus International president and CEO Robert Bailey during the celebration of the company’s 23rd year in the travel industry.

148

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

The existence of technology has evidently changes the traditional role of travel agency as intermediaries in the distribution of travel products and services between suppliers and customers. Internet is a perfect source of information and a distribution channel for travelers nowadays; it can perform almost all vital functions of a travel agency that savvy clients can deal it all by themselves. As explained by Mr. Bailey, “Travel agents will need to take advantage of these opportunities and be willing to adopt new innovations” in order to survive in the tight competition brought by digitalization. Perhaps, marketing the business online is a rapidly growing trend in the travel and tourism industry. Traditional Travel Distribution

New Travel Chain via Internet

Vendors

Vendors

(Airline, Car hire, Hotel, etc.)

(Airline, Car hire, Hotel, etc.)

Tour Operators

Travel Agencies

Vendee (Travelers)

Tour Operators

VS

Travel Agencies

Vendee (Travelers)

Rosenbloom (1999) and Horvat et’al (2001) identified some of the advantages and disadvantages of the internet as a distribution mechanism between the consumers and suppliers/travel agents. Advantages of the internet in the travel business 1. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search. 2. It gives a global space for limitless marketing of travel products and reaches international competition. 3. It helps improve services provided to final consumers and manage the contact with them. 4. It facilitates tangibility of the tourism product through transmission of colored images. 5. It increases sales and profit on the part of supplier/TMC. 6. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of customer. 7. It provides rapid and convenient transactions. 149

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

8. It has information processing efficiency and flexibility. 9. It allows database management and relationship capabilities. 10. It imposes reduction of fixed and variable costs of business activities, especially distribution costs. 11. It helps improve the company’s image. 12. It reduces paperwork. Disadvantages of the internet in the travel business 1. It causes web clutter and confusion because some web information is unstructured, badly organized and takes time and energy to access. 2. It can be slow and awkward. 3. It ignores personal motivation. 4. It requires security when purchasing. 5. The technologies are changing too rapidly. 6. It has some consumer limitations such as the need for computer skills, accessibility of computer and connection to internet, habit of using and buying on the internet, using credit card in buying online and others. 7. Lack of trust regarding security and privacy issues. 8. Lack of clear legal environment. Profitable medium of sales promotion is probably the best contribution of internet to the modern day travel agencies and TMCs. This time, product distribution does not anymore rely and be limited on the printed ads and brochures, it can now reach to millions of computer users worldwide; therefore, internet provides selling services of travel agencies/TMCs on demand. In order to perform these marketing activities, travel agencies/TMCs use effective promotional visualization of tourism services in the World Wide Web, send and receive computer-controlled text, emails, sounds and images. Through the internet, multimedia and database, travel businesses can offer a much rational and fast online communication, direct contact with the market and its business partners, integration and automation of business process, delivery and access of tourism information. According to www.statisticbrain.com, internet booking revenue has grown by more than 73% over the past five years. In 2013, 57% of all travel bookings were made on the internet and 65% of same day hotel reservations were made from a smartphone. Some of the top visited travel sites are Booking.com (part of Priceline.com), Expedia.com, Hotels.com, Priceline.com, Kayak.com, Travelocity.com, Orbitz.com, Hotwire.com, and others. 150

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. QUICKWRITES Direction: Shortly explain the advantages and disadvantages of internet in travel services on the following concepts. Write your answers on a clean sheet of paper. Gathering Information Advantages

Disadvantages

Processing of Transactions Advantages Disadvantages

Value for Money Advantages

Disadvantages

151

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Time and Comfort Advantages

Disadvantages

Safety and Security Advantages

Disadvantages

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 - Proficient 10 - Advance

152

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Capabilities of Global Distribution System (GDS) Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to: 1. trace how CRS evolve into Global Distribution System (GDS); 2. name some of the major GDSs in operation today; and 3. appreciate the contribution of technology to the growth and maturity of the travel business.

Computerized Reservation System (CRS) is the first computerized information system used primarily to store and retrieve clients’ data, promote sales and conduct fast and accurate transactions of products and services in air travel. CRS is typically used to provide information about airlines which may include: 1. flight schedule information 2. seat availability information by service class 3. fare quotes 4. reservation information 5. ticketing information 6. cancel existing reservations and tickets CRS was later used by travel agencies, hotels, and other tourism businesses to manage their inventory and let them gain direct access through channel in order to check for availability, make reservation in a hotel, rent a car, cruises and ships and issue tickets. Because of such limitless capabilities, the term CRS was then replaced by Global Distribution Systems (GDS) that can book and sell tickets for multiple airlines. GDS companies designed their system to be accessible to clients through the internet and let them compare travel information from various tourism service providers, making the GDS as the most effective tool for marketing travel services to manage the complexity of supply.

153

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Major GDS Today 1. Amadeus Amadeus was originally a neutral Global Distribution System (GDS) formed by Air France, Iberia, Lufthansa and SAS in 1987. At present, it is under the registered ownership of Amadeus IT Group with headquarters in Madrid, Spain and its central database located in Erding, Germany. It is the largest booking share in Europe which was also intended to offer as alternative to Sabre (an American GDS). The company is sub-divided into two major areas of operation: Global Distribution System, and its IT Solutions business. As GDS, Amadeus offers the following major distribution solutions:  Direct e-commerce/web and mobile technology  Call center and airline ticket office technology  Travel agency leisure e-commerce technology  Travel agency leisure retail and call center shops  Corporate travel agency desktop technology  Travel agency mid and back-office solutions  Travel agency IT consulting services  Corporate self-booking tool technology  Technology to link airlines PSS to other GDS/sales channels  A strategy of equal functionality across channels at the airlines choice

2. Sabre Sabre Global Distribution System was founded by American Airlines and IBM in 1964. Its headquarters is situated in Southlake, Texas, USA. Sabre connects to more than 350,000 travel agents, 400 airlines, 100,000 hotels, 25 car rental brands, 50 rail providers and 14 cruise lines worldwide.

154

LM-Travel Services

   

Grade 10

Sabre business solutions are sub-divided into four units: Sabre Travel Network – global distribution solutions for travel industry Sabre Airline Solution – airline technology solutions for air transportation industry Sabre Hospitality Solutions – hotel technology solutions for hospitability industry Travelocity – online travel agency

3. Worldspan Worldspan was founded by Delta Air Lines, Northwest Airlines, and Transworld Airlines in 1990. It merged with Galileo in 2006 under the Travelports GDS. Its headquarters is located in Atlanta, Georgia. As GDS, Worldspan contributes to 15% of the world market share in the distribution of electronically generated travel information, internet products and connectivity, and e-commerce capabilities for travel agencies, and travel service providers. Some of the leading Worldspan solutions are as follow:     

  

Worldspan Car Rental Distribution Solutions Worldspan FareSource - one of the most comprehensive and accurate fares and pricing solutions for airlines worldwide. Worldspan Go! – combining browser-based travel technologies and the power of the Worldspan GDS. Worldspan Hotel Distribution Solution – industry leading technologies for hotel distribution, shopping and booking Worldspan Interactive Maps for Hotels – advanced shopping and booking solution that lets users shop, price, compare and book hotels in a visual environment. Worldspan Meridian – multi-host technology platform for airlines worldwide. Worldspan SecuRate Air – travel industry’s most powerful solution for managing negotiated fares. Worldspan WorldGroup – provides superior block space management capabilities for airlines worldwide. 155

LM-Travel Services



   

Grade 10

Worldspan XML Pro – global data exchange tool for building fully functional travel applications and establishing GDS direct connect via the internet. Travelport e-Pricing – global standard in low-fare shopping technology. Travelport Fare Verified – comprehensive pre-ticketing fare audit tool that protects airline companies against incorrectly priced or reissued tickets. Travelport Rapid Reprice – the industry’s itinerary re-pricing tool when traveler itineraries change. Travelport ViewTrip – offers 24/7 online access to detailed, personal itineraries to travelers who hold a Worldspan booking record.

4. Galileo Together with Worldspan, the Galileo is owned by Travelports Global Distribution System. Its headquarters was moved from Denver, Colorado to Atlanta, Georgia a year after the merging of Travelport and Worldspan companies. Although they now share the same datacenter, both still run at separate systems.

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. MULTIPLE CHOICE Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter that best describes the statement on your quiz notebook. 1. The location of the headquarters of Amadeus IT Group a. Atlanta, Georgia USA b. Madrid, Spain c. Denver, Colorado USA d. Southlake, Texas USA

156

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. All of the following GDS belongs to Travelports company, except a. Apollo b. Worldspan c. Galileo d. Sabre 3. This European Global Distribution System was earlier developed to serve as the alternative of an American GDS a. Galileo b. Amadeus c. Travelports d. Sabre 4. The Sabre’s global distribution solutions for travel industry a. Travelocity b. Sabre Hospitality Solutions c. Sabre Travel Network d. Sabre Air Solutions 5. All of the following are typical functions of a Computerized Reservation System (CRS), except a. provide reservation information b. sell tickets for multiple airlines c. cancel existing reservations and tickets d. confirm seat availability information 6. The Worldspan’s pre-ticketing fare audit tool that protects airline against incorrectly priced or reissued tickets. a. Worldspan FareSource b. Worldspan SecuRate Air c. Travelport Rapid Reprice d. Travelport Fare Verified 7. The following are travel distribution solutions offered by Amadeus IT Group, except a. Travel agency mid and back-office solutions b. Direct e-commerce/web and mobile technology c. Corporate self-booking tool technology d. All of the above 157

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

8. This is one of the airline company that founded the Sabre in 1964. a. Northwest Airlines b. American Airlines c. Air France d. Transworld Airlines 9. It offers 24/7 online access to detailed, personal itineraries to travelers who hold a Worldspan booking record. a. Travelport ViewTrip b. Worldspan WorldGroup c. Travelport e-Pricing d. Worldspan Go! 10. This allows clients to compare travel information and transact from various tourism service providers online. a. Computerized Reservation System (CRS) b. Global Distribution System (GDS) c. IT consulting services d. either a or b

B. QUICKWRITES Direction: Observe and interpret the graphical illustration below. Write your understanding on a clean sheet of paper. Airline

GDS Traveler

Hotel

Travel Agency Car Hire

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching

8 - Proficient 10 - Advance

158

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Enhancement Activity SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper. 1. How did the existence of the World Wide Web change the Travel Management Cycle? 2. What are the distinct difference between Computer Reservation System (CRS) and Global Distribution System (GDS)? 3. List down at least ten (10) capabilities of GDS

Let’s Do it!

Laboratory Exercises Sign in at the Amadeus software and display the following information: 1. Open the country information for Austria and find some of the main attractions in the place.

2. Seek for the general information about Belgrade, London airport and determine how many kilometers it will take to travel from the airport to the city.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE HANDS-ON ACTIVITY

2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

159

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s See How Much You Learned Post – Test 2 A. MULTPLE CHOICE Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter of your choice in your answer sheet. 1. This describes a traveler with stable job but with limited time for traveling since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the workplace. a. Budget Traveler b. Regular Traveler c. High-End Traveler d. Either a or b 2. It means to share faith and devotion together with the locals in glorifying the Almighty Creator. a. Historical Tourism b. Culinary Tourism c. Cultural Tourism d. Religious Tourism 3. A European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance, Iberia Lufthansa and SAS a. Sabre b. Worldspan c. Galileo d. Amadeus 4. It is the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the equator. a. Arctic Circle b. Longitude c. Tropics of Capricorn d. Tropics of Cancer

160

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

5. The type of travel motivator related to discovering other people’s tradition, history, and way of life a. Physical b. Cultural c. Interpersonal d. Prestige 6. A thanksgiving celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan expressed in ritual dances and food offerings to their deities a. Pagdidiwata b. Ibalong c. Lemlunay d. Pista’y Dayat 7. Part of the map that details the different items that can be seen in the areas like the name, countries and capital cities a. Label b. Legend c. Compass Rose d. Title 8. The Product-Related variable that satisfies client’s needs for travel whether corporate or leisure activities a. Length of stay b. Distance traveled c. Purpose of visit d. Mode of transportation 9. A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water a. Archipelago b. Isthmus c. Island d. Peninsula 10. The Bay Island of Honduras is part of this land area a. Central America b. Middle East c. New Zealand d. South Africa 161

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

11. The IATA area where the Middle East belongs a. Area I b. Area II c. Area III d. Area IV 12. This map is intended to describe the state and national boundaries of places. a. Physical Map b. Topography Map c. Climatic Map d. Political Map 13. All of the following are advantages of internet in the travel business, except a. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of the customer. b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search. c. It ignores personal motivation. d. It reduces paperwork. 14. It is the most visited country in the world a. Russia b. Spain c. France d. Japan 15. The clients’ tendency to travel more often if they have better educational attainment pertains to what market variable? a. Socio-economic b. Product-related c. Psychographic d. Physiological 16. Which of the following map guides is not aligned with the Altitudes? a. Equator b. Prime Meridian c. Arctic Circle d. Tropics of Cancer

162

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

17. The aim of this type of tourism is to acquaint travelers of the way of life of the locals which includes their customs and traditions. a. Historical Tourism b. Cultural Tourism c. Culinary Tourism d. Adventure Tourism 18. The first computerized information system used primarily to store and retrieve clients’ data a. Computerized Reservation System (CRS) b. Global Distribution System (GDS) c. Personal Reference Number (PNR) d. World Wide Web (WWW) 19. The tendency of a big family to refrain from traveling activities because of inconvenience and high cost of expenditures belong to what travel demotivator? a. Lack of interest b. Lack of time c. Family stage d. Family bonding 20. The travel evaluation indicator that is addressed upon answering the question: “Did you learn new things from your travel?” a. Accessibility b. Comfort and convenience c. Safety and security d. Education and entertainment

B. SPOT THE UNLIKE Direction: Identify the word or phrase that is not included in the group. Then write it on your answer sheet. 1.

Ayala y Compañia Pintados Festival House of Apacible Barasoain Church Santa Cruz Fort

163

LM-Travel Services

2.

Sabre Amadeus Galileo StarCruise Worldspan

3.

Mode of Transportation Safety Social recognition Relaxation Family bonding

4.

Fantasy World Burnham Park Water Rafting Ocean Adventure Star City

5.

Male Married First class flight seat College graduate, 25 years old

6.

Taal Volcano Agusan Marsh Batanes Islands Tubbataha Reef Makati Medical Center

7.

Festivals Inexpensive fare Company sponsored events Busy work schedule Fine weather

8.

Indonesia Vietnam Jordan Australia New Zealand

9.

Budget Traveler Transportation Infrastructure Attraction Hospitality

10.

Ocean Plateau Bay Strait Gulf

Grade 10

164

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

QUARTER III Overview In the business arena, it is pivotal in nature for a person to showcase the necessary characteristics for clientele relations, enough knowledge to run a certain business, and an impeccable managerial and professional competence so as not to impede the desired progression. The magnate at this level is considered to be vital, as the business hits the brightest star there is on the vast firmament of the corporate world. Counter counseling, flight itinerary planning, and/or reservations and confirmations are some of the core topics included in this part of the module wherein, amid these skills is the individual engaged in business who is buttressed with expertise in the present demanding sphere of a fast-evolving technology. After taking quarter three of the module, you will be equipped with the fundamentals about the topics presented, excogitating and revealing the invisible, latent picture of who you really are – adept and prepared to battle head-to-head with the adversities of today. You will dash fastest in the race of life, leaving others with their feet still shackled by ignorance. Let us try to look into details as you flip over the pages, getting the focal point of quarter three of the module, both formal and informal types of learning – the lessons will dwell on the Travel Operations of the Organization, the Operations Department Functions which are divided into five, namely: counter counseling, reservations, fare calculation, ticketing, and documentation. Icon for General Objective s

General Objectives The following are the general objectives of quarter III: 1. arrange flight itinerary using a map and planner; 2. discuss flight reservation and confirmation; 3. follow rules and principles in airfare calculation and travel documentation; 4. practice corporate travel management; 5. explain the MICE of travel management; and 6. describe the intranet and extranets in travel management.

165

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Ilocos Excursion Ilocos at the Northwest Coast of the Philippines is now a booming tourist attraction. From national museums and parks, to beach destinations, Ilocos is an all-in-one vacation spot! And because of its numerous acknowledgments as a potential major tourist spot in the country, Ilocandia draws more and more travelers every year. Laoag City is the provincial capital of Ilocos Norte, Philippines. It boosts of historical landmarks that going there will make you feel like traveling through time. It is also known as the Sparkling Gem of Ilocandia. Vigan City, Ilocos Sur offers a glimpse of the Philippines’ colonial past. This is evident in the mixture of European and Asian architecture of the ancestral houses, churches and other structures that are wellpreserved around the city. The best way to go around and transport you to the colonial past is to walk or take a Calesa/Kalesa along the infamous cobblestone streets. Pagudpud is a wide, beautiful and quiet town on the northwest tip of Ilocos Norte, Luzon. It is bounded in the south by the town of Bangui and in the east by the Cordillera Mountain Range, the town of Adams and the province of Cagayan. The South China Sea lies to the west and north. On a clear day, Babuyan can be seen from Patapat National Park. The beaches are approximately 2-hour drive from Laoag City. It is a very common practice for locals and tourists alike to buy fresh seafood at the market and have it grilled on the beach. These and many more await you in Ilocos.

166

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s See What You Know Pretest - 3 A. MULTIPLE CHOICE. Read the statement carefully and choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write your answer in your quiz notebook. 1. Which of the following is NOT an aim of counter counseling? a. concludes counter sales, which are transactions captured by the travel counselors or counter staff b. provides information, and recommends suitable and attractive products c. suggests itineraries and insures proper travel documentation d. selects direct, non-stop flights from one point to another, until final destination 2. It is a complete record of all requirements of the passenger, and provides a history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and relevant information. e. Booking Card f. Itinerary Card g. Passport h. None of the Above 3. It is the process by which cities to be visited are arranged in the desired sequence to conform with the passenger’s desired travel plans, starting from the point of origin to the destinations to be visited in the desired sequence. a. Counter Counseling b. Flight Itinerary Planning c. Arrival-departure Planning d. Crisscrossing

167

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

4. What does GMT stands for? a. Gold Mean Time b. Greenwhich Mean Time c. Gross Mean Time d. Go Mean Time 5. This is the flight schedule requested by the client’s itinerary. e. Flight Itinerary f. Estimated Time of Arrival g. Estimated Time of Departure h. Passenger’s Number Record 6. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation before the advent of e-commerce and the internet? a. Manual Reservation b. Electronic Reservation c. Automated Reservation d. None of the Above 7. It is through the supplier’s email address and interactive website that reservations are accepted, and confirmations are provided. a. Manual Reservation b. Electronic Reservation c. Automated Reservation d. a, b and c 8. What is the method which provides the availability of a service first, allowing the client to make a choice? a. Automated Reservation b. Electronic Reservation c. Manual Reservation d. Direct Reservation 9. Provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines and available information for flights that have seats available for sale on more than 460 airlines. a. Amadeus Automated Reservation System b. Amadeus Direct Reservation System c. Amadeus Electronic Reservation System d. Amadeus Manual Reservation System 168

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

10. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and does not make any stops a. Non-stop Flight b. Direct Flight c. Connecting Flight d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight 11. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and makes a change online or interline in one or more cities en route e. Non-stop Flight f. Direct Flight g. Connecting Flight h. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight 12. Referred to as an online flight that operates between two cities with a change of aircraft at an international city a. Non-stop Flight b. Direct Flight c. Connecting Flight d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight 13. Contains flights that submits schedule dates to Amadeus irrespective of the availability of the status of their flights. a. Schedule Display b. Time-Table Display c. Flight Information d. Airtime Access Levels 14. Contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a oneweek period. e. Schedule Display f. Time-Table Display g. Flight Information h. Airtime Access Levels 15. The meaning of PNR a. Passenger Name Record b. Pre-Name Record c. Post Name Record d. Parliamentary Name Record 169

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

16. This refers to those who own or are owners-managers of their respective business enterprises, who travel for various reasons b. Mariners c. Corporate Executives d. Businesspersons e. Land-based overseas workers 17. The name of those travelers who represent the company in events overseas, or attends corporate affairs in a multinational setting a. Mariners b. Corporate Executives c. Businesspersons d. Land-based overseas workers 18. It is defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or purposes e. Meetings f. Seminars g. Workshops h. Incentives 19. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency to incite to determination or action. a. Meetings b. Seminars c. Workshops d. Incentives 20. Refers to an assembly of people for a common business purpose and social interchange between attendees. a. Convention b. Conference c. Exhibitions d. Seminars 21. Refers to “trade events,” and consists of a series of exhibit booths. a. Convention b. Conference c. Exhibitions d. Seminars 170

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

22. This is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of concrete problems, or acquiring specific skills or knowledge in a particular field e. Clinic f. Retreat g. Conclave h. Assembly 23. This is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or study of instructions under a director a. Clinic b. Retreat c. Conclave d. Assembly 24. Refers to a company of persons gathered for deliberation and legislation, worship or entertainment a. Clinic b. Retreat c. Conclave d. Assembly 25. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to study the same subjects. e. Class f. Clinic g. Press Conference h. Panel 26. Refers to a meeting where a panel of experts with diverse views on the same subject present ideas in turn, under the direction of a moderator a. Class b. Clinic c. Press Conference d. Panel

171

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

27. It means that any direct or indirect issue or policy conflict must be revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed as conflict of interest. a. Confidentiality b. Conflict of Interest c. Illegal Information Brokering d. Point of View 28. It pertains to the proposal of travel arrangement for the event from the travel management company to the corporation or an event management. a. Binding Process b. Bidding Process c. Transaction d. Illegal Information Brokering 29. Refers to any private meeting or secret assembly. e. Clinic f. Retreat g. Conclave h. Assembly i. 30. This involves managing the point of sale activities (reservations, ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering) to monitor compliance and tracking non-compliance. a. implementing travel policies and procedures. b. managing corporate travel operations c. reporting and analyzing performance. d. monitoring compliance

172

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

LESSON 1 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT CYCLE Counter Counseling

Reservations/ Confirmations

Fare Calculation

Ticketing

Documentation

The travel operations department is the core of the TMC/travel agency business. It engages in the efficient and effective delivery of the organization’s service as partners or agents of travel suppliers. This lesson will dwell on the Travel Operations of the organization. The operations department functions are divided into five, namely: counter counseling, reservations, fare calculation, ticketing, and documentation. The players of the operation department are: the Manager, the Travel Supervisor, the Documentation Supervisor, the Travel Counselors or Counter Staff, the Reservations and Ticketing Officers, and Liaison Officer. The managerial and supervisory job functions vary depending on the size of the organization and the company’s policies, while the line functions of the operations staff remain practically the same regardless of the travel agency’s size.

173

LM-Travel Services

Learning Outcome 1

Grade 10

Arrange Flight Itinerary Using A Map and Planner

Objectives At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to: 1. describe the functions involved in managing travel arrangements for leisure travel; 2. plan a flight itinerary using a map and flight planner; and 3. accomplish a booking card for travel, a tour voucher/exchange order and purchase order

Counter counseling aims to: a. conclude counter sales, which are transactions captured by the travel counselors or counter staff; b. accomplish booking cards for travel; c. provide information and recommend suitable and attractive products; and d. suggest itineraries and insure proper travel documentation. Flight Itinerary Planning

Flight itinerary planning is the process by which cities to be visited are arranged in the desired sequence to conform with the passenger’s desired travel plans, starting from the point of origin to the destinations to be visited in the desired sequence. Claravall (2008) suggested ways on how to plan for your itinerary:

174

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

1. identify the city-pairs involved – origin/destination or where a sector begins and where it ends.  A round trip journey will have two city-pair, example: Manila/Singapore and Singapore/Manila.  Once city-pairs are identified, select the suitable flights between the city-pairs on the basis of schedule (ETD/ETA) and frequency (day of a week). 2. A good knowledge of the world geography- airline flight geography and how to be oriented by a map are essential in itinerary planning. 3. Knows how to read maps  In reading maps, the top portion represents north, unless an arrow indicates that point of the compass. The left side of the page is west, the right side is east, and the bottom side is south.  To get proper orientation, draw an imaginary circle around the point of origin. 4. Have an idea of the distance involved -the scale is the proportional difference between the actual size of the area and the size of the map. Don’ts in Flight Itinerary Planning: 1. Avoid crisscrossing Crisscrossing: Manila /Bangkok /Hong Kong /Singapore /Manila Should be: Manila /Hong Kong /Bangkok /Singapore /Manila or VV 2. Avoid backtracking Crisscrossing: Manila /New Delhi /Bangkok /Colombo /Manila Should be: Manila /Bangkok /New Delhi /Colombo /Manila or VV 3. “The less carriers used, the better” - this has more to do with the competitive airfares than anything else.

175

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Basic Procedure in Flight Itinerary Planning  The simplest procedure in itinerary planning is to select direct, non-stop flights from one point to another, until final destination. However, it is not always that simple. Sometimes there are no direct flights from a point of origin.  It is easy to find flights to the desired destination or to the next hub city – this is known as hub city or transfer airport.  Should there be no direct flights from Bangkok to Madrid, another hub city or transfer airport is required.  The required connections in the hub cities provide stopover opportunities for travelers, under normal conditions, at no extra charge.  When selecting the hubs, take into account the political stability of the countries in question so as to insure the safety and security of the passengers transiting or passing by these countries.  The best thing for you to do is to use the OAG (Official Airline Guide) flight planner, or the individual flight schedules in travel portals.  It is important to note and list down all the city-pairs, flights involved, arrival/departure times, and convenient connections of the itinerary. 24-hour Time and Time Zones  The arrival and departure of the airlines are always expressed in local time.  These are given in the 24-hour system (military time) wherein hours are expressed in four digits.  Thus, 6:00 a.m. is 0600H (oh-six hundred hours) and 11:30 a.m. is 1130H (eleven thirty hours).  Afternoon hours are expressed as 1300H (thirteen hundred hours) for 1:00 p.m., 1830H (eighteen thirty hours) for 6:30 p.m. and 2345H (twenty-three forty-five hours) for 11:45 p.m.  It is important to be able to convert time in this system.  It is also important to understand International Time based on the world’s 24-time zones.  Every degree of longitudes, i.e. the vertical lines running from north to south or vice-versa in all world maps, represents one hour time difference from the other. 176

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

How to read the OAG Flight Planner  Departure City (1) – the English spelling of the city of departure, its airline code and time variation from Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).  Arrival City (2) – cities served from the point of departure by through or connecting flights. If the city of arrival has more than one airport, the name and the code of each is given.  Flight information (3) – flights are shown in order of departure time. Through-flights are listed before connecting flights. Some cities are served by connecting flights only.  Key to the through-flight information:(4-14)  Validity (16) – flight information is valid between the dates shown. Through and connecting flights operating for shorter periods are indicated by first/last date of operation.  Days of service – M-Monday; T-Tuesday; W-Wednesday; ThThursday; F-Friday; S-Saturday and Sun-Sunday.  Departure and Arrival times (17-23) – Bold type is used for departure time from the city of origin and arrival at the final destination. Arrival and departure times at transfer connection airports are shown.

177

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

 Flight Number (19 and 21) – the two-letter airline code is used, followed by the flight number.  Aircraft type (12) – abbreviated type of aircraft.  Class (13) – the classes of service offered.  Stops (11) – the number of intermediate stops on each flight. Booking Card for Travel The Booking Card according to Claravall (2008):  is the working form of the Operations Department-Travel.

178

LM-Travel Services



is a complete record of all requirements of the passenger, and provides a history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and relevant information.

Follow the accomplishing the form:  

  







Grade 10

guidelines

below

in

filling

out

and

Date – write the date the card is issued. Reference number – write the assigned reference numbers, if any. Some organizations do not write anything in this box unless a deposit payment has been made. Name(s) – write passenger’s family name, followed by a slash, the first name and title. Home address, phone number, email address Company name, address, and contact person – if the transaction is an official company travel, write the company name, address, and contact person. Include the company phone and fax numbers. Flight Itinerary – this is the flight schedule requested to be included in the client’s itinerary. Include here the dates of travel, to and from, flight number, class, ETD (estimated time of departure) and ETA (estimated time of arrival), status, options and PNR (passenger’s number record). Hotel accommodations – this is a list of hotel requirements, including number of rooms and applicable room rates. Details like city, arrival, departure, hotel name, type of room required, rate per room, number of rooms to be used, number of nights, and total hotel accommodations are discussed here. Sightseeing tours – this is a summary of sightseeing tours requested such as city, dates, sightseeing tour name, numbers of hours, indicate whether morning, afternoon or evening, number of passengers, total sightseeing cost per destination and total sightseeing tours.

179

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. IDENTIFICATION: Identify what is being described in each item. Write the correct answer on the space before the number. _______________ 1. The process by which cities to be visited are arranged in the desired sequence to conform with the passenger’s desired travel plans, starting from the point of origin to the destinations to be visited in the desired sequence _______________ 2. The working Department-Travel

form

of

the

Operations

_______________ 3. This is the flight schedule requested to be included in the client’s itinerary. _______________ 4. This is a list of hotel requirements, including number of rooms and applicable room rates. _______________ 5. This is a summary of sightseeing tours requested. WORD FORMATION. Provide the appropriate meaning of the following acronyms. 6.FIP= __________________________________________________ 7. ETD=_________________________________________________ 8.ETA=_________________________________________________ 9.OAG=_________________________________________________ 10.GMT=________________________________________________

180

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. Prepare a self-help brochure or leaflet on how counter-counseling is done. Please be guided by this rubric: Criteria Display

Mechanics and Spelling

1 All parts are not clearly labeled. There are many mistakes in mechanics and/or spelling.

Presentation The brochure is presented as very difficult for the audience to understand. Layout

The layout is confusing. The components are inconsistent and some information are missing.

Descriptions 2 3 Some parts Most parts are clearly are clearly labeled labeled. There are There are several minor mistakes in mistakes in mechanics mechanics and/or and/or spelling. spelling. The brochure The brochure is presented is presented as difficult for as less the audience difficult for to understand. the audience to understand The layout is The layout is somewhat almost organized. organized. Most of the Most components components are not are organized. consistent Partial within the information publication. can be located Almost all information can be located.

4 All parts are clearly labeled There are no mistakes in mechanics and/or spelling.

Value

The brochure is presented with ease for the audience to understand The layout is well organized. There is consistency in its components that allows the readers to easily locate the information. Total

Student’s comments: __________________________________________________________ Teacher’s comments: _________________________________________________________

181

LM-Travel Services

Icon for Learning Outcome

Learning Outcome 2

Grade 10

Discuss Flight Reservations and Confirmations

Objectives At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to: 1. 2. 3.

differentiate reservation and confirmation; do some flight reservations; and encode the necessary information needed for confirmation. Reservations and Confirmations

Advance request for available space and services at sometime in the future are reservations. It is also an arrangement to secure accommodations, as in a restaurant or on a plane. A confirmation is a written advice by a travel agency that a reservation has been accepted and will be honored, thus, the term “confirmed reservations”. It is also the written acknowledgment provided by a broker indicating that a trade has been completed. This includes details such as the date, price, commission, fees and settlement terms of the trade. Reservations may be done through a variety of methodologies, but basically, by using any of the three methods: 1) manual reservations; 2) electronic reservations; and 3) automated reservations. The information relayed per method varies but is basically the same. Flight Reservations 1. Manual Reservations – refers to direct contact with the supplier’s staff by mobile or regular phone. (see appendices for illustration)  Manual reservations are the traditional way of placing reservations before the advent of e-commerce and the internet.  This method involves direct contact with the supplier’s staff by mobile or regular phone.  It is highly personal and fosters client-intermediary and intermediary-suppliers commercial relations. 182

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

 Provide the following information when making manual reservations: i. Sector/leg required - sectors being traveled, point of origin to point of destination. ii. Date of travel – this refers to the dates the passenger(s) is/are traveling. iii. Flight number/class – this refers to the flight number and class. iv. Passenger(s) name, and how many passenger/s (adults/children with corresponding ages) or seat/s are being reserved.

183

LM-Travel Services



   

Grade 10

2. Electronic Reservations – is done through the supplier’s email address and interactive website that accepts reservations and provide confirmations. These were introduced by the use of email correspondence, and these involved writing to the email address of the supplier and receiving a reply from a department or individual. This is less personal since there is no direct human contact. Another way to place an electronic travel reservation is through an interactive website where no human contact is involved. Field or boxes in the screen are filled out with the necessary details and the site either accepts or rejects the request. Confirmations are provided for confirmed companies that do not make electronic reservations as these are geared for consumers.

184

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

3. Automated reservations – is done through a global distribution system wherein the supplier is a member that provides availability of seats and accepts reservations.  This method provides the availability of a service first, allowing the client to make a choice.  After the selection is made and inputted, the system provides confirmations. Amadeus Automated Reservation System Amadeus air provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines ad available information for flights that have seat available for sale on more than 460 airlines. The Amadeus system stores over 500,000 city pairs and 3.9 million routings worldwide, offering a wide range of direct flights and over 6 million connecting flight options. 1. Availability of all flights are displays with at least one seat available for sale or waitlist for all airlines, which have sales agreement with Amadeus. Each time availability is displayed, the flights are sorted following the hierarchy shown below: 185

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Flight Type Non-stop

Definition A flight that operates between two cities and does not make any stops. Direct An online flight that operates between two cities and makes a stop in one or more cities en route. Connecting A flight that operates between two cities and makes a change online or interline in one or more cities en route. Change of An online flight that operates between two cities Equipment/Gauge with a change of aircraft at an international city. Flight Hierarchy Display

2. City Pair Availability. To display a neutral availability display, enter: AN19SEPMNLBKK AN 19SEP MNLBKK

Transaction command for neutral availability Date, DDMMM City pair

3. Dual-City Pair Availability. You can request two availability display in one entry: AN23SEPMNLHKG826SEPHKGSIN AN 23SEP MNLHKG * 26SEP HKGSIN

Transaction command for neutral availability Date, DDMMM Fist city pair for the outbound flight Separator (mandatory) Date, DDMMM Second city pair for inbound or onward flight

4. Schedule display contains flights that submit schedule dates to Amadeus irrespective of the availability status of their flights. 5. Timetable display contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a one-week period. The display shows you the frequency of flights between two airports and indicates which airlines operate on a particular day of the week. The display contains flights of airlines that participate in Amadeus. To request for a neutral timetable display, enter: TN12AUGMNLSIN TN 12AUG MNLSIN

Transaction command for neutral code Date, DDMMM City pair

186

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

6. Flight Information on the operation of a specific flight and date as provided by the respective airlines. There are two ways of checking the flight information:  Using a follow-up entry form and availability display DO1 DO

Transaction command for flight information Flight line number form an available display

1

 By displaying the flight number and date: DOCX751/10AUG/HKGBOM DO CX751 /10AUG /HKGBOM

Transaction command for flight information Flight Number Slash and date, DDMMM slash origin and destination airport/city codes

7. Airline access levels – Amadeus offers airline campanies several types of access for availability and schedule display, and for booking seats. Some of the inclusions here are the following: full Amadeus access, Amadeus access sells, and Amadeus direct sales. 8. Amadeus passenger name record (PNR) mandatory elements.  A PNR contains the details of a passenger’s reservations and other information related to a passenger’s trip.  PNR’s can also contain information to assist airline personnel with a passenger handling. 9. Segment element can be a flight, hotel, car, or cuisine element. A PNR can contain up to 99 segments. Title MR or MS MSTR or MIST INF

Explanations 12 years or older 2 up to 11 years I month to 23 months old

Additional Info CHD INF

Acceptable titles in name element

187

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

10. Name Element – a passenger name consists of the family name, given name, and title. You can enter up to nine names in the PNR. A name can contain up to 60 characters. When creating a name element for an infant, you must include the passenger type, and the infant must be associated to an adult name. (Note: some airlines may require specific titles. Check with the airline company.) Here are some of the examples of different possible name element entries:

Entry NM2REYES/HANS MR/HEIDI MS NM1BRADLEY/MICHAEL MSTR(CHD) NM1TAN/SUSAN MS(INF/LISAMARIE)

NM1LIM/JANET MS(INFVALDEZ/IRENE) NM1GOMEZ/ARTHUR MSTR(CHD) (IDRTT124)

Requests More than one passenger with the same family name Child name Infant associated with an adult with the name family name *no spaces inside the parentheses Infant associated to an adult with a different family name Child name with passenger ID code

The system automatically: 1. numbers that name element. 2. places the name in alphabetical order by family name, regardless of how you entered them. 3. creates an OSI element when entering a child or infant’s name. 11. Contact element – used to store contact information of a travel agency and their passengers in the PNR. 12. Received from Element – identifies the person making or modifying a reservation. During the PNR creation, the received from the element is displayed as the second line in the PNR. 13. Ticketing element – indicates the type of ticketing arrangement made to provide tickets to a passenger. 14. End Transaction – when you have entered the five mandatory elements, SMART, you must end the transaction to file the record in the system.

188

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Other Reservations The three methods of making flight reservations are also applicable to reservations made for other supplier of travel services, although the required information differs. Here are some of the other reservations that your clients may avail: 1. Accommodation establishments. When placing manual reservations with hotel, resorts or any other lodging establishment, for lodging and board, the following information must be provided:  Passenger name number  Inclusive dates  Room breakdowns  ETD / ETA information  Meal required  Special functions/activities (if any)  Form of payment If reservations are not available, present the booking and the other accommodations establishments of similar category in the locality; change the dates only with the client’s consent. 2. Sightseeing tours and tour packages - if you avail of this service, you must provide the following to facilitate easy reservations:  Passenger name number  Date of sightseeing tour or the inclusive dates of the tour package  Number of rooms and room type  Forms of payment  Once the reservation is accepted, request for pick-up time and place for the sightseeing tour or the departure time and place of the tour packages. 3. Cruises. When making reservation with a cruise company, provide the following information:  Passenger name number  Date if departure/arrival  Embarkation/debarkation points- point of origin to point of destination  Type of accommodation and breakdown (specify whether: upper deck (window), balcony (veranda) or standard accommodations) 189

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

 Once the reservation has been received, request for its status and ticketing option. Reconfirm the departure date, time and city/port, and the date and time of arrival at the destination of the cruise segment purchased. 4. Restaurants and other entertainment establishments. When placing reservations with restaurants and other entertainment establishments, provide the following information:  Passenger name number  Date of event/function  Number of tables  Form of payment  Once reservation is accepted, double-check the show time.

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. Modified True or False. Write TRUE if the statement is correct. Write FALSE if the statement is incorrect and change the underlined term to make the statement correct. ________________1. Manual reservations are the traditional way of placing reservation before the advent of e-commerce and the internet. ________________2. Automated reservations were introduced by the use of email correspondence, and involved writing to the email address of the supplier and receiving a reply from a department or individual. ________________3. Electronic reservations are done through a global distribution system wherein the supplier is a member that provides availability of seats and accepts reservations ________________4. Manual reservation provides the availability of a service first, allowing the client to make a choice. ________________5. Electronic reservation is less personal since there is no direct human contact. 190

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

________________6. Amadeus air provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines and available information for flights that have seat available for sale on more than 460 airlines. ________________7. Direct Flight is a flight that operates between two cities and does not make any stops. ________________8. Connecting Flight is an online flight that operates between two cities and makes a stop in one or more cities en route. ________________9. Change of Equipment/Gauge Flight is a flight that operates between two cities and makes a change online or interline in one or more cities en route. _______________10. PNR contains the details of a passenger’s reservations and other information related his trip. B.

Interview some who have undergone an actual flight reservation. Share to the class what essential information were imparted to you. Oral Presentation Rubric Very good Satisfactory Poor (has no (has four to (has more than seven more Indicators three minor errors) than errors) seven errors) 1. Gave an interesting introduction 2. Presented a clear explanation of the topic 3. Presented information in a logical manner 4. Used complete sentence 5. Offered a concluding summary 6. Spoke clearly, correctly, distinctly, and confidently 7. Maintained eye contact 8. Maintained acceptable posture 9. Utilized audio-visual aids 10. Handled questions and comments Total Grand Total 191

LM-Travel Services

C.

Grade 10

Make an inventory. List down the advantages and disadvantages of the different flight reservations. Create a diagram for making an inventory. SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE PERFORMANCE 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

D. Identification. Accomplish the graphic organizer below by filling out the empty boxes with the necessary information depending on the category assigned per box. What information should be provided?

Accommodation Establishments

Sightseeing Tours and Tour Packages

Cruises

192

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B.

Visit a hotel, resort or any other lodging establishment, and interview the manager about their operation on reservations. Write a report to show to your classmates during class discussion.

C.

Collect forms of reservation from the hotel, resorts and other lodging establishments to those juridical persons you visited. Compile and reflect on it. Your output will be rated using the rubric below.

SCORE 5 4 3 2 1

Icon for Learning Outcome

CRITERIA The information gathered suggests excellent and critical analysis of the topic presented The information gathered suggests good analysis of the topic presented The information gathered lacks depth in the analysis of the topic presented. The information gathered is unclear and has no bearing on the topic presented. No research work presented.

Learning Outcome 3 Follow Rules and Principles in Airfare Calculations and Travel Documentation Objectives At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to: 1. understand the rules and principles of airfare calculation; 2. write and read an airline paper and e-ticket; and 3. identify and explain the types of travel documentation.

Fare Calculations The amount to be charged for any air journey is dependent on the type of journey to be undertaken. For example, a passenger who boards an aircraft at point “A”, flies direct, non-stop to point “B” and disembarked will be charged the corresponding publisher fare for the trip. 193

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

In the Philippines today, most travel agencies rely on four different ways to calculate airfares. The first and most common are the rate sheets provided by the respective airline companies showing the different sectors flown by an airline with corresponding net airlines. The second source is the passenger air tariff (PAT), a tow book set which gives the applicable air fares on the various sectors, regardless of the airlines. The third source is a global distribution system’s fare quotation display (FQD). How to read the passenger air tariff (PAT): The following is an example and should not be used for fair information. In general, the PAT appears in the following sequence: 1. Headline/sideline cities 2. Fare – one-way fares appear in regular typeface while roundtrip fares appear in bold typeface 3. Fare type – example: Normal fares: Y for economy class; F for first class; and J for business class. Economy class, also called coach class, steerage, or standard class, (colloquially: Cattle class), is the lowest travel class of seating in air travel, rail travel, and sometimes ferry or maritime travel. Historically, this travel class has been called tourist class on ocean liner and third class, or even fourth class, on railways. Business class is a travel class available on many commercial airlines and rail lines, known by brand names which vary by airline or rail company. In the airline industry, it was originally intended as an intermediate level of service between the economy class and first class, but many airlines now offer business class as the highest level of service, having eliminated first class seating. Business class is distinguished from other travel classes by the quality of seating, food, drinks, ground service and other amenities. Full business class is usually denoted 'J' or 'C' with schedule flexibility, but can be many other letters depending on the circumstances.

194

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

First class is the most luxurious travel class of seats and service on a train, passenger ship, airplane, or other conveyance. It is usually much more expensive than the business class and economy class, and offers the best service and luxurious accommodation 4. Carrier code – indicates which carrier the airfare appears. Carrier code – it is a two-character IATAassigned code that identifies a carrier on arrival / departure signs, baggage tags, Global Distribution System (GDS), tickets, etc. Usually, it is an alpha code (such as AI for Air India, EI for Air Lingus, and WN for Southwest Airlines) but sometimes it is alphanumeric (such as F9 for Frontier Airlines, 7Z for Laker Airlines, and 5X United Parcel Service). For more examples of a CC, visit this website: https://www.census.gov/foreigntrade/reference/codes/aircarrier/acname.txt 5. MPM – is the maximum permitted mileage between the headline city and sideline city for the global indicator shown.

195

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

6. Global indicator – shows the global routing direction applicable to the fare. 7. Rule – refers to the applicable fare rule. These rules are contained in the Passenger Air Tariff General Rules volumes. 8. NUC – is the Neutral Unit of Construction equivalent to the local currency fare. 9. Local currency – the fares are published in the local currency of the Headline City. 10. Route reference – the numeric reference to linear routing published in the routing sections.

Basic Fare Calculation Procedures To calculate air itineraries that combine a number of sectors, the ticketing officer is guided by the step-by-step formula for the calculations used by the airlines’ desks as follows: 1. Establish the type of journey.  One –way (OW)-example: Manila/Hong Kong  Round Trip (RT)-example: Manila/Bangkok/Manila  Circle trip (CT)-example: Manila/Hong Kong/Bangkok/Singapore/Manila  Round-the-world trip (RW)-example: Manila/Tokyo/San Francisco/New York/London/Frankfurt/Athens/Bangkok/Manila  Open Jaw (OJ)-example: Manila/Hong Kong/ Macau/Manila 2. Establish the category of air fares published with a rule reference, i.e., The rule sets out conditions governing the application of the fare. 3. Fares published with direction codes-global indicators can have different Maximum Permitted Mileage. 4. If no direct flights exist between points of origin and destination, fares must be constructed using the mileage system. The correct steps are:  Establish the Fare Break Point (FBP) for each component.

196

LM-Travel Services







Grade 10

Establish the Neutral Unit of Construction (NUC) which is equivalent to the Local Currency fare as shown in no. 8. The global indicator refers to the routes applicable to the fare. (Note, read and act on the Conditions (COND) provided in a rule as shown in no. 7.) Note the Maximum Permitted Mileage (MPM). This refers to the maximum distance or mileage that may be traveled, between two points, for a fare component as shown in no. 5. Add the Ticketed Point Mileage (TMP). This refers to the distance between pairs of points published in the Ticketing Point Mileage manual.

To obtain the distance flown on a given journey, the routing points are listed vertically, and the TPM written next to them, sector by sector. Example: BUE/MVD/RIO/LIS/GVA/FRA TPM Buenos Aries BUE Montevideo MVD 140 Rio de Janeiro RIO 1133 Lisbon LIS 4796 Geneva GVA 930 Frankfurt FRA 287 7286 Once this is obtained, compare it with the sum of the MPM. If the total distance of the itinerary does not exceed the MPM, no excess mileage applies. If the total TPM exceeds the MPM, check if an Excess Mileage Allowance (EMA) is permitted. If the EMA is insufficient, establish the percentage surcharge or EMS. Search for any intermediate point having a higher fare in NUC or the High Intermediate Point (HIP). Surcharge the Higher Intermediate Point. Repeat steps 2-9 for each fare component. The data and formula for the foregoing steps are shown in the General Rules book of the Passenger Air Tariff.

197

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

The application of a mileage deduction will generally reduce the fare so it is important to consult the tables in the AT and APT whenever the TPM exceed the MPM. 5. The resulting total of each component is the Construct Fare (CF). 6. Check and apply any minimum-fare rule shown in the General Rules book of the passenger air tariff. 7. Add the CF of all the components for a Total (TTL). 8. Convert the TTL at the applicable Rate of Exchange (ROE) currency. And round off the Local Selling Fare (LSF). 9. Complete all the relevant boxes of the ticket with the applicable taxes.

198

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Airline Ticketing The air ticket can only be issued by the ticketing office after reservations have been processed and confirmed and the applicable airfares calculated.  The issuance of air ticket is the final step in processing a passenger’s air travel requirements.  It represents a contract between a passenger and a carrier, and represents also a passenger’s payment to the travel agent.

199

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

1. Paper tickets a. These are now phased out by the airlines worldwide. It is important to understand the composition, format and content of these to enable a better understanding of an e-ticket. b. It contains the original detail of the transaction. 2. Electronic air tickets a. An e-ticket is a paperless electronic document used for ticketing passengers. b. E-ticketing (ET) is the process of simplifying the issuance of paperless e-tickets, generating electronic reports and monitoring materialization of booking c. E-ticketing improves passenger convenience and e-ticketing reduces cost. d. It reduces ticket processing charges, eliminates the need for paper and allows greater flexibility to the passenger and travel agent to make changes to the itinerary.

For customers

For airlines

For travel agent

Advantages Stress free ticketing no tickets to lose; no last minute queues Savings of up to US9 for ticket printing and processing Will allow them to explore greater opportunities to manage the corporate travel experience

Disadvantages Possibility of technology crash Less portable than a paper Security issues in self check-in kiosks

Advantages and disadvantages of e-ticketing

Documentation This refers to the process of legally securing the necessary travel papers for prospective passengers. It is divided as follows:    

documents required for leaving the country of origin; documents required for transit countries; documents required for entry to, and exit from the destination country; and documents required for every reentry to the country of origin. 200

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Travel information is entered and maintained using one of the following documents: Documents

Travel Authorization (TE, TEO, TEC)

Expense Voucher (TP)

Descriptions Records trip information and schedules advance checks. This document is used to request monies for hotel deposits, registration fee advances, and airline ticket advances. The three types of Travel Authorization - In-State (TE), Out-of-State (TEO), and Foreign (TEC) - will hereafter be referred to as TE. Records the expenditure of funds, calculates the amount due to/from the employee, and schedules the reimbursement check to the traveler (if appropriate). This document reflects the actual costs of the trip. The Expense Voucher (TP) is used to record the expenditure associated with a trip.

This document facilitates the transfer of funds between internal buyers and sellers. The buyer is the traveler, and the sellers are the State Motor Pool and Internal Travel Voucher (IIT) State Parks. On the seller side, IIT updates the revenue accounts. On the buyer side, IIT updates the expense accounts.

Travel Check (TC)

Clears the travel advance, records reimbursement, or clears the payable amount due to the traveler. This document is used when either a travel advance or a reimbursement is manually produced and the resulting accounting information.

201

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 3 A. IDENTIFICATION. Identify what has been indicated by the numbered boxes. Write your answer on the space provided for each item.

1.__________________________

6.___________________________

2.__________________________

7.___________________________

3.__________________________

8.___________________________

4.__________________________

9.___________________________

5.__________________________

10.__________________________ 202

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

A.

Seek information to someone who knows how to read the passenger’s air tariff (PAT) and find out how this is done. Discuss this in class.

B.

Photocopy and compile travel papers of prospective passengers, study these documents and write your observation, then present to class.

Enhancement Activity

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper. 1. What are the five functions of the operations department of a travel agency? 2. What are the different counter activities? 3. What are the three rules of flight itinerary planning? 4. What are transfer connections? 5. What is the difference between a short-sell and a long-sell entry in the Amadeus system? 6. What are the types of journeys in fare calculations? EXERCISES: Plan for the following: Workbook I- Planning travel arrangements Workbook II-Proposing travel arrangements SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE QUICKWRITE 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

203

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s Do it! Field Work Based on the group of destination cities selected, accomplish the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

A flight itinerary for the group of cities selected. A directory of hotels selected in the cities visited. A list of sightseeing tours chosen in the countries visited. Complete the corresponding book card for travel. Issue the air ticket or a purchase order for the transportation company. 6. Prepare a reservation request/booking order and exchange order/tour voucher. Based on the background scenario assigned: 1. Prepare a comprehensive travel proposal based on the guidelines given. SCORING RUBRICS Directions: Ask the teacher to assess your performance in the following critical task and performance criteria You will be rated based on the overall evaluation on the right side.

Level Achieved

PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 1 - Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.

Instructor will indicate his initial when each level is achieved. 204

LM-Travel Services

LESSON 2 Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

CORPORATE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT

Learning Outcome 1 Practice Corporate Travel Management

Objectives At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to: 1. explain the value of corporate travel management; and 2. differentiate the types of corporate travelers.

Value of Corporate Travel or Business Travel Business trips are work-related and financed by the company, business travel’s primary consideration is the reliable delivery of all aspects of travel arrangements. The person or entity that finances the trip, expects some benefit from the trip or the outcome of the trip, whether a corporation, a shipping company or a couple needing a domestic helper. The difference has a major impact in how the travel arrangements are made and paid for. The value of corporate travel management can be summarized into three: financial controls; policy adherence; and safety and efficiency. Let’s study them in detail one-by-one (Obando 2001): 1. Financial Control  Having a professional travel management company or competent inhouse travel professionals that can manage and negotiate travelrelated services provides measurable financial benefits to the corporation.  The capabilities to monitor and analyze travel expenditures are essential if cost cutting opportunities are to be identified and taken advantage of.  As a general rule, the appointed travel management company or the in-house travel department works with each department to determine

205

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

its travel needs and develop its travel budget, based on current spending and planned development.  With the consolidated travel needs of the corporation, the discounts and preferred rates are negotiated with the travel suppliers based on company-wide needs. 2. Policy Adherence  Corporate travel management also involves developing corporate travel policies that optimize the company’s travel expenses.  Proper procedures must be followed in order to adhere to the company’s travel policies. Otherwise, the company will just be wasting money through more expensive bookings especially with non-preferred travel suppliers.  The linkage of the consolidated travel needs of the corporation with the corporation’s travel policies are executed through the corporate travel procedures in the managed corporate travel program.  The corporate travel program guides the employees to travel the way the management recommends.  By taking advantage of the negotiated preferred rates or discounts, a well-managed travel program pays for itself through lesser costs and negotiated revenue, such as rebates, overrides and incentive payments. 3. Safety and Efficiency  Corporate travel professionals are responsible for providing a valuable service to their clients, the corporate traveler.  This responsibility involves ensuring that travel is both safe and productive.  Corporate travelers need a smooth, efficient travel process in order to reach a company’s business objectives.  During national, corporate or personal crisis, travel management professionals are vital in reducing risk to the company and its travelers, through emergency tracking and assistance.  Corporate managers at all levels realize the non-monetary benefits of their corporate travel department and the value of the human factor.

206

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Types of Corporate Travelers Business travel is characterized by sponsored travel for financial gain. This includes individuals both in government and private sector, including the civil society and non-governmental organizations. For the purpose of understanding what corporate travel management involves, only a selected number of business travelers will be identified and described. Among the most common types are (Claravall 2008): 1. Businesspersons  Are those who own or are owners-managers of their respective business enterprise, who travel for various reasons, mainly: o to solicit additional contracts; o to negotiate for a source of raw materials; and o to participate in events of interest to the enterprise.  Normally schedule travel well in advance and the enterprise shoulders most travel expenses. Because the traveler is the owner, travel expenses may be limited. 2. Corporate executives  Are those travelers of executive rank, directors, assistant and executive vice presidents, presidents, chairs and the like, traveling to represent the company in events overseas, or to attend corporate affairs in a multinational setting.  Image is an important factor in nurturing prestige, travel expenses are unlimited, but subject to the travel policies of the corporation.  Travel may happen once a year or once a month or as often as necessary. 3. Corporate supervisors/rank-and-file  Like the senior corporate officials, the lower ranks may also travel to represent the corporation in meetings overseas or attend training programs in the corporate headquarters.  Travel budgets for these individuals may not be as large as their senior counterparts, but is the corporation’s image plays a role in determining the travel budget.  They travel as often as necessary.

207

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

4. Mariners 

Or seafarers have travel needs which are either scheduled in advance or are as need arises, normally under time-sensitive schedules.  They are needed in a certain port on a certain date, and travel must be accomplished regardless of the cost. 5. Land-based overseas workers  Normally travels one way, once a year, and seldom purchase roundtrip tickets.  The best example of these are the domestic helpers (DH) based in Hong Kong 6. Government officials and employees  Just like the corporate executives, supervisors and rank-andfile, the Philippine government conducts missions to foreign countries for various purposes – commercial, diplomatic, military and the like. Government officials and employees travel overseas on official business and such require travel arrangements just like any other traveler. Obviously, there are many more than those mentioned above, however, these should suffice to give understanding of what business travel or travel for business purposes is all about.

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. Getting into Details. On the space provided before the item number, write FC if the statement falls under Financial Control, PA for Policy Adherence and SE for Safety and Efficiency. _______________1. Corporate managers at all levels realize the nonmonetary benefits of their corporate travel department and the value of the human factor. _______________2. Taking advantage of the negotiated preferred rates or discounts, a well-managed travel program pays for itself through lesser costs and negotiated revenue, such as rebates, overrides and incentive payments. 208

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

_______________3. With the consolidated travel needs of the corporation, the discounts and preferred rates are negotiated with the travel suppliers based on company-wide needs. _______________4. Corporate travelers need a smooth, efficient travel process in order to reach a company’s business objectives. _______________5. The corporate travel program guides the employees to travel the way the management recommends. _______________6. The linkage of the consolidated travel needs of the corporation with the corporation’s travel policies are executed through the corporate travel procedures in the managed corporate travel program. _______________7. The appointed travel management company or the in-house travel department works with each department to determine its travel needs and develop its travel budget, based on the current spending and planned development. _______________8. Corporate travel professionals are responsible for providing valuable service to their clients, the corporate traveler. _______________9. Corporate travel management also involves developing corporate travel policies that optimize the company’s travel expense. ______________10. The capabilities to monitor and analyze travel expenditures are essential if cost-cutting opportunities are to be identified and taken advantage of.

209

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. In a pivotal conversation, interview a person engaged in a travel business and ask him/her about the principles concerning corporate financial control, policy adherence, and safety and efficiency principles. Record the conversation, reflect on it and be able to share it in class. Work in triads. C. Make a reflective analysis on the different types of corporate travelers. Afterwards, construct and exhibit your expertise by making a poster. Present to class your artwork, and express the focal idea of your poster.

Criteria

Percentage

Workmanship

30%

Content (details of the output and appropriateness)

20%

Compliance to standards

15%

Totality (appearance, physical impact)

15%

Work habits and techniques

10%

Speed

10%

Total

100%

Icon for Learning Outcome

Learning Outcome 2 The Meeting, Incentives, Convention, and Exhibition (MICE) Objectives At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to: 1. describe MICE, marine travel and land-based overseas workers characteristics; 2. detail the phases involved in corporate travel management; and 3. prepare and evaluate a proposal or bid for a corporate travel account management. 210

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Meetings, Incentives, Convention and Exhibitions (MICE) Today, meetings have become an integral part of the travel business and as monetary investment, it is expected to pay concrete dividends. As any profit center, the business of putting together a meeting, supervising theirs onsite operation and analyzing and evaluating returns demand supervision. Thus, operation of meetings now come within the responsibility of management within the corporate structure. Definition of MICE: Meeting is defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or purposes. It may be employees of a single company, members of the same association or participants in a similar business. Seminar is defined as the gathering of people with similar interests for the purpose of giving and discussing information. Seminars are of specific nature and are conducted by a recognized expert in the field, and attended by persons interested in the subject matter who are willing to pay the required fee. Workshop is a brief, intensive educational program for relatively small group of people in a given field which emphasizes participation in problem solving efforts or situations. Incentives are not meetings but many convention organizers are also responsible for developing and operating incentive programs. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency to incite to determination or action. Incentive programs begin with the structuring of a contest and culminate with the awarding of prizes. These may be money, products or a glamorous trip. The most common objectives of the incentive program are: 1. to increase sales; 2. to increase production; and 3. to improve quality control or solve problems

211

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Convention is an assembly of people for a common business purpose and social interchange between the attendees. The meeting manager must organize not only the business or the convention, but also the extensive social program consisting of cocktail parties, theme-parties, tours and spouses programs, and activities for children. Conference is a formula of interchanging of views, and a meeting to discuss matters of common concern. It implies participation, consultation and interchange of ideas by all the attendees. It is a give and take of ideas and opinions that allow for mutual participation in the process of idea exchange. Congress is similar to international conventions in the European context. Exhibitions are also known as “trade events”, and consist of a series of exhibit booths in which people show their wares, hoping to influence attendees towards ordering or purchasing their wares . A trade show may be an integral part of another type of meeting, or it may stand by itself.

Other Classifications and Definitions 

 

 

Clinic is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of concrete problems, or to the acquiring of specific skills or knowledge in a particular field. Retreat is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or study of instructions under a director. Conclave is any private meeting or secret assembly such as that held to elect a new pope. It may also be applied in the boardroom of a corporation, when the directors meet in secret to discuss a possible hostile takeover. Assembly is a company of persons gathered for deliberation and legislation, worship or entertainment. Class is a body of students meeting regularly to study the same subjects.

212

LM-Travel Services









Grade 10

Press conference is a very special kind of meeting where members of the media (newspapers, magazines, radio, and television) are invited to a gathering to be given information on some new event or development. Forum and symposium are two similar types of meetings, although the symposium is perhaps the more formal of the two. Both employ discussions led by speakers or panels, and allow for questions and comments from the floor. Lecture may be a part of a program of another meeting, or it may be a session by itself. This is a formal presentation of a single person generally on a single subject. Panel is a meeting where a group of experts with diverse views on the same subject presents ideas, under the direction of a moderator.

The Bidding Process It involves a proposal for the management of the corporate travel requirements from the travel management company to the corporation or an event management proposal from the event planner to the event organizer, when these do not have an in-house department to plan and manage the travel arrangement of the event. A corporate bid normally includes the following (E. Murer 2003): 1. Scope of services  Specifies the goals to be accomplished  Summarizes the scope of services to be provided  May include the phases in the corporate travel management cycle: i. assessment and evaluation; ii. negotiating and contracting; iii. travel policies and budget; iv. implementation of travel policies procedures; v. managing corporate travel operations; and vi. reporting and analyzing performance.  For the event management, it must include: i. site facilities and assessment; ii. negotiating and contracting; iii. event management procedures; iv. execution; v. managing, and monitoring the event; and generating relevant reports on the event. 213

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Services and support staff and equipment  Provide the listing of staff support to be provided, their qualifications and experience 3. Professional fees  Detail the professional fees due for services rendered 4. Terms and conditions  Focus on three general concerns: i. Confidentiality – the agreement should not disclose confidential information to anyone except as may be specifically authorized ii. Conflict of interest – any direct or indirect issue or policy conflict – even if minor or remedial – which may arise from the travel management company’s retention by the corporate client must be revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed as conflict of interest. iii. Illegal information brokering – an approach done by the suppliers which offer them confidential information to obtain business through corruption of the competitive bidding process – which is in no case should be put to practice. Managing Business Travel Corporate travel management, that is, the management of business travel involves a renewing cycle that starts immediately upon the appointment of a travel management company up to the service of the corporate travel needs of multinational, transnational, or domestic corporations. The following are the steps to follow (ADLehmann): 1. Evaluation and assessment of the travel requirements. Basically, it involves gathering and analyzing information in the following areas: a. Reason for official travel - involves soliciting information on the reason/s for official company travel. b. Frequency of travel - determines the number of trips per annum, number of trips during low and high reasons in the origin and/or destination cites or countries. c. Primary destinations - analyses the destinations most often visited, either as a market destination where clients abound, or a supply destination where the raw materials come from. 214

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Identifying, negotiating and contracting vendors. This forecast is determined after the information gathered is analyzed and evaluated. Open negotiations between the vendor, the vendee and the intermediary is the key to effective corporate travel management. Negotiations must include: a. Preferred carriers refers to those that fly the most, if not all of the destinations frequented by the corporation’s travelers. b. Preferred hotel c. Vendors’ terms and conditions 3. Developing (or revising) corporate travel policies, procedures and budget. a. Policies and procedures are sets of rules and regulations within the framework of the corporate travel program. Some travel policy highlights are: i. Reservations – all air travel reservations should be made through the authorized travel management company ii. Airfares - employees should make reservations as soon as the date of travel is confirmed. Discount fares are often available from airlines with advance purchases and other stipulations. iii. Routing – direct service or connections are less expensive than no-stop service. iv. Layovers - are included in the time provided for the scheduled layover. v. Corporate Credit Card – an employer is issued a corporate card. He/she is required to use it for business travel only and does not have the option of using a personal card. b. Developing (or revising) it can be developed or revised according to the findings and developments mentioned in the preceding stages of the corporate travel management. 4. Implementing travel policies and procedures. a. Implementing the travel policies and procedures involves the day-to-day application of the company’s travel policies and procedures.

215

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

b. This is the critical aspect in the travel management as it reinforces point of sale compliance. i. Travel authorizations – a copy of the travel order must be posted on the employee’s file. ii. Approval powers – the employee’s department head normally grants the power to approve the expenses related to the employee’s travel itinerary as a regular part of the monitoring and approval process. iii. Rank entitlements – some corporate ranks, like managers, are directors are authorized above the normal or average class of service standards. 5. Managing Corporate Travel operations. a. This involves managing the point of sale activities (reservations, ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering) and monitoring quality assurance plus the appropriate internal audit procedures to monitor compliance and tracking noncompliance. i. It starts with the itinerary planning and ends with the post-trip report. 6. Reporting and analyzing performance. a. This stage involves generating all the necessary reports that enable analysis of performance vis-à-vis the corporate travel objectives goals. This stage consists of: i. Generating and analyzing reports; ii. Report violations; and iii. Monitoring compliance.

216

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. Just pick it up! From the box below, choose the term that best fits the description/definition stated in each item. Write your answer on the space provided before the number.

Meeting Incentives Exhibitions

Seminar Conventions Clinic Panel

Workshop Conference Assembly

___________1. Defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or purposes. ___________2. A brief, intensive educational program for a relatively small group of people in a given field emphasizing participation in problem solving efforts or situations. ___________3. An assembly of people for a common business purpose and social interchange between attendees. ___________4. Also known as “trade events,” and consist of a series of exhibit booths in which people show their wares, hoping to influence attendees towards ordering or purchasing their wares. ___________5. A group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of concrete problems, or to acquire specific skills or knowledge in a particular field. ___________6. A company of persons gathered for deliberation and legislation, worship or entertainment

217

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

___________7. A meeting where a group of experts with diverse views on the same subject presents ideas in turn, under the direction of a moderator. ___________8. A formula of interchanging of views, and a meeting to discuss matters of common concern. ___________9. Are not meetings but many convention organizers are also responsible for developing and operating incentive programs. __________10. Defined as the gathering of people with similar interests for the purpose of giving and discussing information. C. Try to point out what is meant by MICE. Why is there a need to take this? Work in pairs and perform a worthy exchange of ideas. Afterwards, construct a report on your activity and present it in class. D. In an interview with any travel management company representative, ask him/her on how bidding is done. Record important details that you can get from him/her, and present it significant data gathered during class discussion.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ACTIVITIES 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

218

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 3 Describe the Intranets and Extranets in Travel Management Objectives At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to: 1. describe the corporate usage of intranets and extranets; and 2. define cost-plus concept.

Intranets and Extranets in the World of Corporate Travel An intranet connects a company’s computers to each other internally, making information stored on each computer available to authorized users within the company. Areas of an intranet that can be accessed by outsiders – such as vendors and clients – are called extranets. Both the intranet and the extranet have become very popular Internet applications. Intranet  It provide the last frontier in the dissemination of corporate travel policies and procedures, and the enforcement of rules, regulations and restrictions pertaining to travel.  Employees can share software, and send and receive text, graphics, video and sound within the intranet.  With the proper authorization, intranets can be accessed from desktops and laptops in the workplace, at home, and on the road.  This application allows individual business travelers to connect to up-to-date travel information sources using their own desktop or laptop computers.  Travel orders can be electronically transmitted via the intranet to the travel department or via the internet to the authorized/official travel management company and from there via the internet airlines, hotels, car rental agencies and the like.  It also processes and issues automated travel documents and, billings, and the generates corresponding reports for the travel management company and the client corporation.

219

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

 This system reduces the need for human intervention in the transaction.  Unlike consumer-oriented Internet booking agents, such as Expedia or Travelocity, corporate online systems permit companies to enforce their travel policies, including using preferred airlines or hotels which the company has negotiated rates (E. Murer 2003).  In short, intranet’s great advantages increase efficiency and reduce costs. Because the intranet is a tool that selectively facilitates communications between the organization and the individual, the traditional role of the intermediary is becoming increasingly difficult. Extranets  It can be accessed by outsiders such as vendors and clients.  These applications are also available in the travel and tourism industry, particularly in the area of tour operations, and meeting and convention management.  When sourcing information on rates and schedules of transportation company, for example, a prospective traveler is, in fact, visiting an extranet site that provides the information sought, quickly, accurately, and reliably. Cost-Plus Concept  The concept of cost-plus is that all travel expenses are treated as cost by the TMC. it may be direct cost, actual cost of the vendors’ products and services, or indirect costs not related to the vendor’s products and services. i. Direct costs are negotiated, open and owned by the vendor, when negotiated by the vendee with the expertise and advice of the TMC. ii. Indirect costs may be fixed, as those incurred with salaries and wages, rent, utilities and the like, or variables, those incurred on a need basis, such as representation expense for government agencies and expenses for extraordinary requirements. iii. All costs are identified, analyzed, classified and tagged according to a mutually agreed nomenclature.

220

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

iv. The plus is the professional fee due the TMC. It is a preagreed amount that may be based on a percentage of the costs, or a flat management fee per transaction. v. It enables the vendor to analyze the total expenses of the organization and to determine ways to cut, control or to maximize it. Other benefits are: 1. It manages the travel spent; 2. All costs are open and transparent, eliminating doubts and afterthoughts, resulting in peace of mind; and 3. It is self-generated or it has linkages to TMC. Evaluation and selection of corporate bids  Normally, the selection of a qualified candidate TMC will depend on the demonstrated experience, resources, and financial stability to serve the travel-related needs of the corporation.  Selection criteria, not necessarily in order of priority, include, but are not limited to: i. a clear, concise and comprehensive written proposal addressing all aspects of corporate client’s terms of reference; ii. the experience, relevant qualification and commitment of the management team to consistently provide high quality; iii. the ability to manage a company-wide travel program and provide reports on air, hotel, car rental, and ground transportation; iv. data management capabilities utilized to produce consolidated management information reports in a timely fashion that track travel patterns of company employees and identify new opportunities; v. creativity and innovation in the design of a travel program that is goal-oriented and a motivation for all concerned; vi. proactive and responsive management structure and organization; vii. the successful experience in the implementation of the corporate travel program and demonstrated capability to implement all services without interruptions, including staffing up for large turnover and availability of pockets of reservations teams, whenever necessary;

221

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

viii. in place systems for identifying discount opportunities, and saving programs and international faring capabilities while maintaining consistency with the company’s travel policies and airline market share commitments; ix. the competitiveness of professional fee and commitment toward ongoing cost optimization; and x. the technology tools, capabilities, and advice brought in to deliver the daily travel operations, and to structure innovative, effective technology solutions to optimize the travel program performance.

Review of Learning Outcome 3 A. Keep on the Attachment! Complete the learning organizer by attaching bits of information to the main idea as indicated.

222

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

B. Create a Venn diagram and point out the similarities and differences of Intranets and Extranets. Share to the class, and check if your answers are similar with your classmates’ through a question-and-response technique. If possibilities of a worthy reaction arise, record the salient features of your classmate’s work, then improve your work. C. Create a poem or any other literary work about cost-plus concept. Let your classmate receive something that piques their interest. OVERALL EVALUATION Directions:

Level Achieved

Ask the teacher to assess your performance in the following critical task and performance criteria below You will be rated based on the overall evaluation on the right side.

PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision, and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 1 - Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.

The instructor will indicate his initial on the level achieved.

Enhancement Activity SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper. 1. Why are corporations moving towards in-house travel management? 2. How is corporate travel a cost-saver in the corporate world? 3. Why is MICE a component of corporate travel management? 4. What are the six (6) phases of corporate travel management? 5. Differentiate intranet from extranet. 223

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s Do it! Case Study Based on the client corporation assigned to your class group, prepare the following: 1. External – as a travel management company bidding for a corporate account: a. a written corporate bid or proposal b. a power point sales presentation 2. Internal – as an in-house travel department: a. a travel management plan and budget b. a travel management plan power point presentation

Let’s See How Much You Learned Post Test 3 A. MULTIPLE CHOICE. Read the statement carefully and choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write your answer in your quiz notebook. 1. Which of the following is NOT an aim of counter-counseling? a. concludes counter sales, which are transactions captured by the travel counselors or counter staff b. provides information, and recommends suitable and attractive products c. suggests itineraries and insures proper travel documentation d. selects direct, non-stop flights from one point to another, until final destination 224

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. It is a complete record of all the requirements of the passenger, and provides a history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and relevant information. a. Booking Card b. Itinerary Card c. Passport d. None of the Above 3. It is the process by which cities to be visited are arranged in the desired sequence to conform with the passenger’s desired travel plans, starting from the point of origin to the destinations to be visited in the desired sequence. a. Counter-Counseling b. Flight Itinerary Planning c. Arrival-departure Planning d. Crisscrossing 4. What does GMT stands for? a. Gold Mean Time b. Greenwhich Mean Time c. Gross Mean Time d. Go Mean Time 5. This is the flight schedule requested by the client’s itinerary. a. Flight Itinerary b. Estimated Time of Arrival c. Estimated Time of Departure d. Passenger’s Number Record 6. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation before the advent of e-commerce and the internet? a. Manual Reservation b. Electronic Reservation c. Automated Reservation d. None of the Above

225

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

7. It is through the supplier’s email address and interactive website that accepts reservations, and provides confirmations. a. Manual Reservation b. Electronic Reservation c. Automated Reservation d. a, b and c 8. What is the method that provides the availability of a service first, allowing the client to make a choice? a. Automated Reservation b. Electronic Reservation c. Manual Reservation d. Direct Reservation 9. Provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines and available information for flights that have seat available for sale on more than 460 airlines. a. Amadeus Automated Reservation System b. Amadeus Direct Reservation System c. Amadeus Electronic Reservation System d. Amadeus Manual Reservation System 10. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and does not make any stops. a. Non-stop Flight b. Direct Flight c. Connecting Flight d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight 11. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and makes a change online or interline in one or more cities en route. a. Non-stop Flight b. Direct Flight c. Connecting Flight d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

226

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

12. Referred to as an online flight that operates between two cities with a change of aircraft at an international city. a. Non-stop Flight b. Direct Flight c. Connecting Flight d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight 13. It contains flights that submit schedule dates to Amadeus irrespective of the availability of status of their flights. a. Schedule Display b. Time-Table Display c. Flight Information d. Airtime Access Levels 14. It contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a one-week period. a. Schedule Display b. Time-Table Display c. Flight Information d. Airtime Access Levels 15. The meaning of PNR a. Passenger Name Record b. Pre Name Record c. Post Name Record d. Parliamentary Name Record 16. This refers to those who own or are owners-managers of their respective business enterprises, who travel for various reasons. a. Mariners b. Corporate Executives c. Businesspersons d. Land-based overseas workers 17. The name of those travelers who represent the company in events overseas, or to attend corporate affairs in a multinational setting. a. Mariners b. Corporate Executives c. Businesspersons d. Land-based overseas workers 227

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

18. It is defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or purposes a. Meetings b. Seminars c. Workshops d. Incentives 19. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency to incite to determination or action. a. Meetings b. Seminars c. Workshops d. Incentives 20. It refers to an assembly of people for a common business purpose and social interchange between attendees. a. Convention b. Conference c. Exhibitions d. Seminars 21. It refers to “trade events,” and consists of a series of exhibit booths. a. Convention b. Conference c. Exhibitions d. Seminars 22. This is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of concrete problems, or to acquire specific skills or knowledge in a particular field a. Clinic b. Retreat c. Conclave d. Assembly

228

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

23. This is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or study of instructions under a director a. Clinic b. Retreat c. Conclave d. Assembly 24. It refers to a company of persons gathered for deliberation and legislation, worship or entertainment a. Clinic b. Retreat c. Conclave d. Assembly 25. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to study the same subjects. a. Class b. Clinic c. Press Conference d. Panel 26. It refers to a meeting where a group of experts with diverse views on the same subject present ideas in turn, under the direction of a moderator. a. Class b. Clinic c. Press Conference d. Panel 27. It means that any direct or indirect issue or policy conflict must be revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed as conflict of interest. a. Confidentiality b. Conflict of Interest c. Illegal Information Brokering d. Point of View

229

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

28. It pertains to the proposal of travel arrangement for the event from the travel management company to the corporation or an event management proposal from the event planned to the event organizer, when these do not have an in-house department to plan and manage the travel management of the event. a. Binding Process b. Contract c. Transaction d. Illegal Information Brokering 29. It refers to any private meeting or secret assembly. a. Clinic b. Retreat c. Conclave d. Assembly 30. This involves managing the point of sale activities (reservations, ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering) and monitoring quantity assurance plus the appropriate internal audit procedures to monitor compliance and tracking non-compliance. a. Implementing travel policies and procedures. b. Managing Corporate travel operations. c. Reporting and analyzing performance d. Monitoring compliance

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

QUARTER IV Overview Travel in its full delight is something that satisfies inner feeling. It is experiencing happiness coupled with fulfillment while taking an exploration – a sense, in which at some point, propels an individual to realize his/her raison‘d’être, to quench human nature’s thirst of being on top of the grounds trying to blend with people of diverse ethnicities which would eventually jumpstart a new sphere of friendship. This is why travel is essential; it makes us recognize the world as a warm, breathing tapestry of multicolored threads that are beautifully woven together to form a whole; it molds one’s personality, and consequently fortifies one’s identity. Since the dawn of time, in the course of history, the thaumaturgic birth of nature set forth a challenge to humanity – a challenge to discover and develop creative ways in order to survive in an arena of madcap. From this seemingly hopeless commencement of civilization, millennia after, humans were able to listen to countless voices of inner spirits, whispering, even clamoring for change – TECHNOLOGY AROSE! One response to this challenge is the development of transportation – as product of an evolving technology. We started with the term ‘bangka’, and thereafter, a motor boat, now we have ships or large vessels gracefully floating on seas with luxurious amenities. Or, from an origami airplane in which air is the sole passenger, to a real, enormous airplane that could carry hundreds of people, and bring them safe and sound to a certain destination in just a blink of an eye - the astounding upshot of progress, of technology. In this quarter of the module, let us drift in the flow of development and technology, with a purpose, that is, learning the latest innovations in terms of travel management and other products that contribute to society’s stride on a higher degree of legacy. Lesson 1 dwells on how the corporate travel management of an organization works. Effective corporate travel management facilitates the tracking and control of costs, monitors adherence to corporate travel policies, realizes savings through negotiated discounts or special rates, and serves as a source of information center for managers and employees. This lesson aims to describe and differentiate the various accounting documents used in travel management and tour operations, and their flow between the client/traveler, the TMC/travel agency and the suppliers, and between the TMC/travel agency, the tour operator and suppliers.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Metro Manila Escape Manila is one of the liveliest capital cities on the planet, but it is also a city of great diversity, where luxury, affluence and tourist attractions are somewhat interspersed with squalor and poverty. It is this diversity that makes Manila such a fascinating tourist destination, and a city where things are rarely quiet and attractions are plentiful. Five-star hotels and restaurants, some of them housed in historic buildings, make the perfect party place in the city. The nightlife offers everything from dazzling cultural shows to futuristic discotheques, lively casinos, sensational entertainment lounges, and fashionable cafes. The popular districts of Malate and Ermita showcase a wide array of restaurants, clubs, bars, cafes, art and antique shops – truly, the ultimate cosmopolitan paradise. Manila is geographically advantaged. It is an hour or two away from full-day excursions to Cavite and Corregidor Island, Batangas, and Laguna, replete with exceptionally beautiful beaches, stunning views, and local color. The city is over 17 hours away by air from Los Angeles, less than five hours from Tokyo, and seven and a half hours from Sydney. Wherever you are, you are less than a day away from one of Asia’s greatest cities – Manila.

LM-Travel Services Icon for General Objective s

Grade 10

General Objectives This quarter has the following objectives: 1. describe the tour and travel products; 2. identify the maritime travel products; 3. determine the types of lodging/accommodation establishments in the Philippines; 4. discuss the group travel arrangements; 5. process travel and tour accounting documents; and 6. follow procedures for airline ticket payment through the banking system.

Let’s See What You Know Pretest - 4 A. MULTPLE CHOICE. For each item, read the sentence/s or phrase/s carefully and write the letter of the correct answer on your sheet of paper. 2. It refers to a flight class that features individual air-conditioned cabins. e. Executive Sleeper Class f. Family Sleeper Class g. Deluxe Class h. Economic Class 3. The cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on each side which can sit up to three people. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

4. It features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on each side, with one stacked on top of the other. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class 5. It features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the cabin. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class 6. The other term for Line LRT-1. a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line 7. The first metro system in Southeast Asia, built earlier than the Singapore MRT by three years. a. Manila LRT b. Manila RRT c. Manila LTR d. Manila LRTA 8. The other term for Line MRT-2. a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line 9. The other term for Line MRT-3. a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

10. The meaning of AGT. a. Automated Guideway Transit b. Automatic Guideway Transit c. Autorun Guideway Transit d. Air Guideway Transit 11. The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines today, that operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour packages. a. Super Ferry b. NENACO c. Sun Cruises d. Star Cruises 12. Operates various packages, on board its own fleet of interisland vessels, to eight (8) major tourist destinations in country. a. Super Ferry b. NENACO c. Sun Cruises d. Star Cruises 13. The first global cruise line with the youngest and most exciting fleet of cruises ships in the world a. Super Ferry b. NENACO c. Sun Cruises d. Star Cruises 14. It refers to sightseeing tours with other individual on a first-come-firstaccommodation basis, on scheduleed departures. a. Seat-in-coach b. Private Tours c. Escorted Tours d. Sightseeing Tours 15. The half-day or full day tours to sights and sites of interest in the destinations country. a. Seat-in-coach b. Private Tours c. Escorted Tours d. Sightseeing Tours

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

16. A retail business that sells travel products and services to customers on behalf of suppliers. a. Travel Agency b. Retail Agency c. Product Agency d. Suppliers Agency 17. It refers to a special travel arrangement for pilgrims, students and any other form of travel that does not fall under the previous category. a. Ad Hoc b. Ad Coalium c. Ad Initio d. Prima Facie 18. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of personal effects. a. Health Insurance b. Travel Insurance c. Business Insurance d. Death and Loss insurance 19. The card that provides health and accident security overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the necessary requirements a traveler may have. a. Tour Card b. Multipurpose Card c. Assist Card d. Departure Card 20. It covers a wide selection of products and services available directly from principals or through travel management companies. a. Miscellaneous Travel-related Service b. Miscellaneous Travel-unrelated Service c. Miscellaneous Arrival-related Service d. Miscellaneous Departure-related Service

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

21. The meaning of IATA. a. International Air Transportation Association b. Interrelated Air Transportation Association c. Interrupted Air Transportation Association d. Intermission Air Transportation Association 22. This covers all the transactions in the field. a. Tour Voucher b. Assist Card c. Departure Clearance Card d. Travel Guide Card 23. The document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting space or services from suppliers. a. Booking Order b. Tour Order c. Assist Order d. Checking order 24. The meaning of BSP. a. Board Settlement Plan b. Billing Settlement Plan c. Billing System Plan d. Billing Systematic Plan 25. The meaning of ADM. a. Agency Debris Memo b. Agency Debit Memo c. Agency Detour Memo d. Agency Dire Memo 26. The meaning of MPD. a. Multi-planning Documents b. Multipurpose Documents c. Multiple Planning and Purpose Documents d. Multilingual Purpose Documents

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

27. It characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler. a. TMC/ Travel Agency b. TTMC/ Travel Agency c. AITA/ Travel Agency d. BSP/Travel Agency 28. The card that provides health and accident security overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the necessary requirements a traveler may have. a. Assist Cards b. Health Cards c. Traveler Card d. Doctor- patient Card 29. It deals with the medical assistance – expense reimbursements and insurance benefits. a. Health Insurance b. Fire insurance c. Expense Insurance d. Travel insurance 30. Publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide a. Resort and Travel Index b. Hotel and Travel Index c. Reed Travel Index d. Comprehensive Hotels and Reed Travel Index 31. It brings unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic and Disney Wonder a. Super Disney Ferry b. Land Cruise c. Disney Cruise Line d. Princess Cruise

LM-Travel Services

LESSON 1 Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

TOUR AND TRAVEL PRODUCTS

Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Tour and Travel Products Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following: 4. explain why travel agents in the Philippines have products and services other than the sale of air passage and the processing of travel documents; and 5. describe tour and travel products.

Travel within the country can be affected by surface transformation such as motor or by railroad such as motor coach or by railroad. A summary of the services available on these train are explained below. (Claravall 2008) 1. TRANSPORTATION SERVICES 1. Philippine National Railways (PNR)  It currently operates two overnight intercity services: the Bicol Express between Manila and Naga, Camarines Sur which resumed on June 29, 2011 after a five-year absence, and the Mayon Limited between Manila and Ligao in Albay.  Additional services are expected in the future as the rehabilitation of the PNR network progresses.  Train service is comparable to (or slower than, due to delays) buses in terms of speed, but is more comfortable owing to the use of donated Japanese coaches for the service.  The Bicol Express and Mayon Limited are not non-stop services: from Tutuban, Manila's main train station, the train calls at several points in Metro Manila, Laguna, Quezon and Camarines Sur before arriving in Naga (and Albay before arriving in Ligao for the Mayon Limited).  It is possible to travel between any two points served by the services, and fares are distance-based. Children under three feet may travel for free.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

There are currently four classes of service on the Bicol Express: 









Executive sleeper class Features individual air-conditioned cabins. Each cabin has a bed, pull-down armrests so that a portion of the bed can be used as a chair, and a small table. Washrooms are available inside the coach. Family sleeper class Features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on each side, with one stacked on top of the other. Access to the top bunk is via a foldable ladder between both sides of the cabin, and cabins are separated from the aisle with a curtain. The PNR promotes this class for the use of families traveling together, although it is possible to book an individual bed. Reclining air-conditioned economy class (or deluxe class) Features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the cabin. On some coaches, it is possible to rotate the chairs so that passengers may face each other. Economy class (or ordinary class) It is the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on each side which can sit up to three people. Ventilation is provided via overhead ceiling fans.

On the Mayon Limited, only reclining air-conditioned economy class ("deluxe") and regular economy class are offered. However, unlike the Bicol Express, the Mayon Limited provides services using two different trains: the "deluxe" service operates on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays, while the "economy" service operates on Tuesdays, Thursdays and Sundays.  Passengers on PNR intercity services are entitled to a free baggage allowance of 20 kilograms.  It is possible to pre-book seats on intercity trains by calling the PNR at +63 (2) 319-0044. Pre-booking seats is recommended during peak travel seasons (especially during Holy Week and in September, during the Peñafrancia Festival in Naga), where trains can be full.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

 However, the PNR does send a second, all-economy supplementary overnight train on certain days during peak seasons if traffic demand warrants it.  Timetables and fares for all services, including supplementary services, are announced on the PNR's website and also on its official Facebook profile.  The PNR also operates the Commuter Express in Metro Manila, a once-daily commuter service between Manila and, Laguna (which is also part of the Commuter Express, but uses different trains), and the Bicol Commuter between Naga and the towns in Camarines Sur and Albay. 2. Light Rail Transit Automated System  The Manila LRTA System is the main metropolitan rail system serving the Metro Manila area of the Philippines.  There are two lines to the LRT: LRT-1, called the Yellow Line and MRT-2, called the Purple Line.  Although the system is referred to as a “Light Rail” system, arguably because the network is mostly elevated, the system is more akin to a rapid transit (metro) system in European-North American terms.  The Manila LRT is the first metro system in Southeast Asia, built earlier than the Singapore MRT by three years.  Quick and inexpensive to ride, the LRT serves 605,000 passengers each day.  Every day, around 430,000 passengers board the Yellow Line, and 175,000 ride the Purple Line.  Its 31 stations along over 31 kilometers (19 mi) of mostly elevated track form two lines. LRT Line 1, also called the Yellow Line, opened in 1984 and travels a north–south route.  All of the stations of the LRT are elevated, except for the Katipunan Station (which is underground).  It follows one of two different layouts. Most Yellow Line stations are composed of only one level, accessible from the street below by stairway, containing the station's concourse and platform areas separated by fare gates.  Many passengers who ride the LRT also take various forms of roadbased public transport, such as buses, to and from an LRT station to reach their intended destination.

LM-Travel Services



Grade 10

A reusable plastic magnetic ticketing system has replaced the previous token-based system, and the Flash Pass was introduced as a step towards a more integrated transportation system. 3. Manila Metro Rail Transit Corporation System  The MRTC System has a single line, MRT-3 or the Blue Line. Although it has characteristics of a light rail, such as the type of rolling stock used, it is more akin to a rapid transit system.  It is not related to the Manila Light Rail Transit System. It is a separate but linked system.  One of its original purposes was to decongest Epifanio de los Santos Avenue (EDSA), one of Metro Manila's main thoroughfares and home to the MRT. Many commuters who ride the MRT also take road-based public transport, such as buses, to reach the intended destination from an MRT station.  MRT has been only partially successful in decongesting EDSA, and congestion is further aggravated by the rising number of motor vehicles.  The expansion of the system to cover the entire stretch of EDSA is expected to contribute to current attempts to decongest the thoroughfare and to cut travel times.  The single line serves 13 stations on 16.95 kilometers (10.5 mi) of line.  It is mostly elevated, with some sections at grade or underground. The line commences at North Avenue and ends at Taft Avenue (Taft on the map), serving the cities that EDSA passes through: Quezon City, Mandaluyong, Makati and Pasay.  By 2004 MRT-3 had the highest ridership of the three lines, with 400,000 passengers daily. 4. Automated Guideway Transit System  The AGD system in UP Diliman will be the first of its kind to be built in the Philippines.  Plans for the system were revealed as early as December of 2010.  The groundbreaking ceremony was held on July 18, 2011.  It is still currently under construction and it will be developed within the campus of the UP Diliman in Quezon City.  It will serve as test track for the first mass transit system to be built and developed in the country by local engineers.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

5. Road networks  In addition to the existing network of national and local roads, the Philippines has two additional road networks: an expressway network and the Strong Republic Nautical Highway (SRNH) system.  Luzon has an expressway network dominated by the North Luzon Expressway (NLEX) and South Luzon Expressway (SLEX).  These are tollways with good paved roads, are privately-maintained, and the farthest tolls will not cost more than a few pesos dollars from Metro Manila. Other expressways include the Subic-Clark-Tarlac Expressway (a 94-kilometer 4-lane freeway connecting Subic Bay and Tarlac) and the Bataan Provincial Expressway.  Expressways are connected to the network of national highways and provincial roads which connect to major cities and provinces.  The Strong Republic Nautical Highway (SRNH) system is a threeroute network of national and provincial roads, bridges and rollon/roll-off (RO/RO) ferries which facilitate the connection of major islands of the Philippines together by road, bringing down the cost of driving (and, ultimately, lowering the cost of shipping goods between islands).  The SRNH system begins in Luzon and runs in a north-south direction through the Visayas, and ultimately ends in Mindanao.  The SRNH is useful for driving to tourist destinations outside Manila: for example, it is possible to drive to both Puerto Galera and Boracay from Manila via the Western Nautical Highway.  SRNH routes are signposted and a map of the network and RO/RO schedules are available from the Department of Tourism. 6. Car Rentals  Car rental may be chauffer driven or self-driven or self-drives.  Most travel agencies are able to book a selection of vehicle types anywhere in the world.  Major car rental companies have offices in all major cities of the country, with pickup and drop off facilities.  As a rule, a valid driver’s license is required.  This can be obtained at the Philippine Motorists Association for a fee.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. HOTEL ACCOMMODATION SERVICES (HAS) Make yourself at home. HAS offers a variety of hotel accommodation services, room accommodation services, hotel accommodation facilities, room accommodation facilities, budget hotel accommodation, hotel room accommodation, etc. Hotel facilities may include: 1. Multi Cuisine Restaurant. It may serve vivid finger licking cuisine ranging from Indian, Mughlai, Chinese and Continental and lots more. 2. Cyber Café. It offers cyber cafe services that are available round the clock for the easy access of Internet. 3. Banquet Hall. Banquet hall is an ideal place for both small and large gatherings, be it conferences, seminars, parties, private dinner, birthdays, etc. Spacious in size, the hall is aesthetically designed and has a perfect ambiance. 4. Medical Support. To meet any emergency, it has a panel of specialists and doctors, who are available on call 24/7. 5. Terrace Garden Restaurant. Terrace Garden Restaurant is a perfect mix of fun and food. Experience the open Terrace Garden Restaurant that offers delicacies ranging from gourmet to casual delights. 6. Travel Desk. Travel desk offers a plethora of services related to tours and travels. It includes ticketing services, cabs and luxury coaches, air tickets, hotel bookings at other destinations etc. Quick information and prompt assistance is provided to plan your itinerary within and outside the city as well. 7. Business Aid. If you are planning a business meeting or conference with a professional touch, this is what you’ve been looking for. It may be well equipped with all the facilities including a PA system, projectors, document replication, etc. 8. Rooms. Experience the luxury with the highest level of comfort that gives guests a complete home-like feeling. Room facilities ma include:  Fully air-conditioned rooms  Round the clock service  Uninterrupted power supply  24 hours running hot and cold water  Multi-channel cable television  Telephone with international dialing  Refrigerator in each room  Laundry service  Safe deposit lockers

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

9. Regal Suites. Offering the exuberance and lavishness of regal suite combined with utmost comfort and artistic interiors.

3. SIGHTSEEING SERVICES The Philippines offers an impressive selection of sightseeing attractions. Tourists typically cling to the beaches, where white sands and plenty of sunshine frame the day’s activities. However, there is equally more culture to encounter, with colonial architecture in most major cities and outlying hill tribes highlighting the interiors of some islands. Some of the sightseeing services are as follows: 1. Beaches and resorts 2. Islands 3. Theme parks 4. Malls 5. Historical places 6. World renowned places 7. Churches 8. Museums 9. Festivals and events 10. Food and Drink 4. CRUISE A cruise ship or cruise liner is a passenger ship used for pleasure voyages, where the voyage itself and the ship's amenities are a part of the experience, as well as the different destinations along the way. Transportation is not the prime purpose, as cruise ships operate mostly on routes that return passengers to their originating port, so the ports of call are usually in a specified region of a continent. There are even "cruises to nowhere" or "nowhere voyages" where the ship makes 2-3 day round trips without any ports of call. On-board facilities. Most modern cruise ships feature the following facilities: 1. Casino — Only open when the ship is at sea to avoid conflict with local laws 2. Spa 3. Fitness center 4. Shops — Only open when ship is at sea to avoid merchandising licensing and local taxes 5. Library 6. Theater with Broadway style shows 7. Cinema

LM-Travel Services

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Grade 10

Indoor and/or outdoor swimming pool with water slides Hot tub Buffet restaurant Lounges Gym Clubs Basketball courts Pool tables Ping pong tables (table tennis)

Some ships have bowling alleys, ice skating rinks, rock climbing walls, miniature golf courses, video arcades, ziplines, surfing simulators, basketball courts, tennis courts, chain restaurants and/or ropes obstacle courses. 5. RESTAURANT AND OTHER ENTERTAINMENT ESTABLISHMENTS 5.1 A restaurant is a business which prepares and serves food and drink to customers in return for money, either paid before the meal, after the meal, or with an open account. Meals are generally served and eaten on the premises, but many restaurants also offer take-out and food delivery services. Restaurants vary greatly in appearance and offerings, including a wide variety of the main chef's cuisines and service models. Types Restaurants may be classified or distinguished in many different ways. The primary factors are usually the food itself (e.g. vegetarian, seafood, steak); the cuisine (e.g. Italian, Chinese, Japanese, Indian, French, Mexican, Thai) and/or the style of offering (e.g. tapas bar, asushi train, a tastet restaurant, a buffet restaurant or a yum cha restaurant). Beyond this, restaurants may differentiate themselves on factors including speed (see fastfood), formality, location, cost, service, or novelty themes (such as automated restaurants). Restaurants range from inexpensive and informal lunching or dining places catering to people working nearby, with simple food served in simple settings at low prices, to expensive establishments serving refined food and fine wines in a formal setting. In the former case, customers usually wear casual clothing. In the latter case, depending on culture and local traditions, customers might wear semi-casual, semi-

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

formal or formal wear. Typically, customers sit at tables, their orders are taken by a waiter, who brings the food when it is ready. After eating, the customers, then pay the bill. For some time, the traveling public has been catered to with ship's messes and railway restaurant cars which are, in effect, traveling restaurants. (Many railways, the world over, also cater to the needs of travelers by providing Railway Refreshment Rooms [a form of restaurant] at railway stations.) In recent times, there has been a trend to create a number of traveling restaurants, specifically designed for tourists. These can be found on such diverse places as trams, boats, buses, etc. 5.2 Bar (establishment) Bars provide stools or chairs that are placed at tables or counters for their patrons. Some bars have entertainment on a stage, such as a live band, comedians, go-go dancers, or strippers. Bars which offer entertainment or live music are often referred to as music bars or nightclubs. Types of bars range from dive bars to elegant places of entertainment for the elite. Many bars have a “happy hour” to encourage off-peak patronage. Bars that fill to capacity sometimes implement a cover charge or a minimum purchase requirement during their peak hours. Such bars often feature entertainment, which may be a live band or a disc jockey (DJ) playing recorded music. The term "bar" is derived from the specialized counter on which drinks are served. Patrons may sit or stand at the bar and be served by the bartender, or they may sit at tables and be served by cocktail servers. The "back bar" is a set of shelves of glasses and bottles behind the counter. In some establishments, the back bar is elaborately decorated with woodwork, etched glass, mirrors, and lights. Entertainment Bars categorized by the kind of entertainment they offer: 1. Blues bars specializes in live blues style of music. 2. Comedy bars specializes in stand-up comedy entertainment. 3. Dance bars - which have a dance floor where patrons dance to recorded music. But if a dance bar has a large dance floor and hires well-known professional DJs, it is considered to be a nightclub or discothèque.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Karaoke bars - have nightly karaoke as entertainment. Music bars - specializes in live music (i.e. concerts). Drag bars - have live show, where men dress as women and generally lip-sync to recordings of female vocal artists; often with hilarious results. 7. Salsa bars - patrons dance to Latin salsa music. 8. Sports bars - sports fans watch games on large-screen televisions. 9. Topless bars - topless female employees dance or serve drinks. 4. 5. 6.

Patrons Bars categorized by the kind of patrons who frequent them: 1. Biker bars - which are bars frequented by motorcycle enthusiasts and (in some regions) motorcycle club members 2. College bars - usually located in or near universities, where most of the patrons are students. 3. Neighborhood bars - a bar that most of the patrons know each other; it is generally close to home and is frequented regularly 4. Cop bars - where off-duty law enforcement agents gather 5. Gay bars - where gay men or women dance and socialize 6. Mixed gay/straight bars 7. Singles-bars where (mostly) unmarried people of both sexes can meet and socialize 8. Women's bars

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. IDENTIFICATION. On the space provided before the item number, write ESC if the description pertains to Executive Sleeper Class, FSC if Family Sleeper Class, DC if Deluxe Class and EC if Economy Class. ___________ 1. Ventilation is provided via the overhead ceiling fans _______2. On some coaches, it is possible to rotate the chairs so that the passengers can face each other. _______3. The PNR promotes this class for the use of families traveling together, although it is possible to book an individual bed.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

_______4. Washrooms are available inside the coach. _______5. Each cabin has a bed, pull-down armrests so that a portion of the bed can be used as a chair, and a small table. _______6. Access to the top bunk is via a foldable ladder between both sides of the cabin, and cabins are separated from the aisle with a curtain. _______7. It is the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on each side which can sit up to three people _______8. It features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the cabin. _______9. It features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on each side, with one stacked on top of the other. ______10. It features individual air-conditioned cabins. B. ESSAY. Select any of the 3 topics below and make a composition: 10 (points) 1. Make an analysis on the existence of a wide array of systems in Motor Coach and Rail Road Travel. Be able to justify by supporting your stand with concrete ideas. 2. Discuss the current development of tourism industry from the government point of view. 3. How can we effectively develop the tourism industry? SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Enhancement Activity RESEARCH TIME A. Research on: 1. The different classes of railway service in other countries. Record and present the result of your activity during class discussion. 2. The symbols being used in these classes of railway service (if available). B. Clip Newspaper/magazine articles or pictures of Motor Coach or Rail Road Travel. Then, reflect on by featuring its highlights or point of difference.

Icon for Learning Outcome

Learning Outcome 2 Identify the Maritime Travel Products Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following: 1. describe the other products and services of the TMCs/travel agents; and 2. identify the various products of international cruise companies and maritime products offered by the domestic shipping lines in the Philippines.

The cruise products available in the Philippines today are divided into Domestic and International. Let’s get into details about these maritime products:

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

A. Domestic The only domestic cruises which are truly in consonance with the definition of a sea voyage for leisure are the M/B Lagoon Explorer of Cruise and Hotel Center, a twin-hulled wooden catamaran, with 10 cabins; and the M/V Coco Explorer. The former sails from Coco, Busuanga, on a 4-day / 3night island hopping cruises of the Calamian group of island in northern Palawan; while the latter sails from Mindoro to the same area of operation during certain times of the year. The cruise fares vary in the region per person, share-cabin basis. The cruise products available in the Philippines are the following according to Claravall, 2008: 1. Super Ferry  The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines today which operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour packages, which. Strictly speaking, are not cruises per se, since the transportation component is provided by the company’s fleet of super ferries.  These are large, steel-hull vessels with passenger carrying capacities in the thousands, which cater primarily to commuters and freight.  The packaged tours visit twelve of the major tourist destinations in the company’s route network.  Super ferry also operates the i. Apex Apprenticeship - a “Vessel for Learning Program”, a school-on-board learning program exclusively designed for HRM, travel and tourism students and trainees. The program combines onboard learning activities – immersion, hands-on and lecture presentations – with sightseeing and other ashore activities. ii. The MarEx Maritime Experience is a similar program that combines on-board learning activities – deck and engine immersion, hands-on exercises and lecture-presentations designed for Maritime cadets.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Negros Navigation Company (NENACO)  It operates various packages on board its own fleet of interisland vessels to eight (8) major tourist destinations incountry.  These products aim to attract the both student and domestic markets. 3. Sun Cruises  A tourism company of Magsaysay Lines, it operates regular shuttle service on board a 120-seater Island Cruiser fast ferries, to the island of Corregidor, 26 nautical miles south west of Manila.  This service is the transportation component of a full-day Corregidor Excursion, which also includes a two-hour guided, sightseeing tour of the war memorial and lunch at the Corregidor Inn. In addition to the foregoing cruises, there are also dive cruises to the best known dive sites in the country, such a Bastera, Apo and Tubattaha reefs in the Sulu Sea. A. International On the international scene, most of the major international cruise line companies have representative offices or agents in the Philippines. The most popular cruise areas in the world these days are the Mediterranean, the Caribbean, the US west coast, Alaska, and, of late, the South China Sea. 1. Star Cruises  It is the first global cruise line with the youngest and most exciting fleet of cruise ships in the world. All vessels abound with ward and friendly oriental service with true Asian hospitality.  It is the third largest cruise line in the world and “the leading cruise Line in Asia-Pacific.  Cruise package fare starts at US$170 per person, for a 4-day/3night cruise, on share cabin basis.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. Carnival Cruises  This ships sails to more than 20 destinations namely: Alaska, Glacier Bay, Northbound Alaska, Southbound Alaska, Bahamas, Canada/new England, Caribbean, Easter, Western and Southern Caribbean, Europe, Hawaii, Mexico, Baja Mexico, Mexican Riviera, Panama Canal, Special Voyages, Bermuda, Cruise to Nowhere Transatlantic.  A cruise package fare starts at US$560 per person, on a sharecabin basis. 3. Crystal Cruises  It operates a 14-day cruise to South America, including Barbados, Rio de Janeiro and Buenos Aires, and a 11-day Pacific cruises from Acapulco, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Vancouver, among others.  A cruise fare starts at US$2,190 per person, on a share-cabin basis and include all normal shipboard service and facilities plus all non-alcoholic beverages.  The cruise fare does not include port, security and handling charges, fuel surcharges, airfare, transfers, shore excursion, sightseeing or meal ashore, taxes, gratuities, liquor, wines, laundry or valet services, telephone, internet and email communications, or any items or services of a personal nature such as massage, spa services and hairstyling. 4. Royal Caribbean International  Operates cruises in the Pacific Northwest, Mexico and Hawaii in addition to the cruises in Alaska, Bermuda, the Caribbean and Europe.  The world’s second-largest cruise line, this cruise is originally known as the Royal Caribbean Cruise Lines which begun in the 1960’s as a consortium of Norwegian ship owners who wanted to get in on the rapidly expanding American market.  This is the very first megaship of the modern era.  The most sensational feature – aside from sheer size – was the introduction of the first modern shipboard atrium, complete with glass elevators and grand piano, reminiscent of an opulent hotel – but, with a view no hotel could match.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

5. Norwegian Cruise Lines  It sets sail to over 140 ports of call on four continents from the northern Europe ports of Amsterdam, Copenhagen, Oslo and St. Petersburg to the Caribbean, Alaska, Europe and South America, and Bermuda and Hawaii.  A cruise package fare starts at US$1,239 per person, on a share-cabin basis.  It has over 60 itineraries to choose from. There’s a big difference between Norwegian Cruise Lines and other cruise lines, and this is the Freestyle Cruising for travelers who want to go on their own way.  Norwegian Cruise Lines offer superb service and an abundance of exciting activities and entertainment on all their ships. 6. Princess Cruise (PC)  A fleet of luxury cruise liners of Princess Cruises offer activities galore, and dinner and dancing delights in the cruise programs to various cities in Europe, places in the Caribbean and Alaska, Africa and China Cruise-tour, Asia, the Pacific, the south Pacific and Hawaii.  It offers a wide range of choices.  All rates depend on the length of the cruise, passenger-type (discounts for senior citizen and student available), type of onboard accommodation.  Inclusions are: cruise, meals, entertainment and all port taxes and charges.  PCs are available in the Philippines through Cruise Ship Travel, Rajah Travel and Trades Travel Corporation. 7. Disney Cruise Line  It brings its unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic and Disney Wonder.  Disney cruises are family-oriented, but both ships offer intimate lounges and elegant dining for adults.  It has an extensive children’s program with age-specific activities from 9 am to midnight.  Ages 3 to late teens can dance with Snow White, go on a search to find Nemo or relax in a teen-only area.

LM-Travel Services

 

Grade 10

On Disney cruises, parents receive pagers when they drop kids off at children’s facilities, so families are always in touch. Rates range from US$540 to US$1,240. Disney Cruise Line tickets are available also at Disney land ticket outlets and in its entire sales outlet all over the world.

All of the above cruise prices do not include the return airfare to the place of embarkation/disembarkation, and prices depend on the type of cabin booked and its location. As a rule of thumb, all cruise rates are inclusive of meals (main meals, and in-between snacks) and do not include drinks, shore excursion and expenses of a personal nature, such as laundry and photos.

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. MODIFIED TRUE OR FALSE. Write TR if the statement is correct; otherwise, change the underlined term to make the statement correct. Write the answer on your quiz notebook. __________ 1. NENACO is the largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines today which operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour packages. ___________2. Apex Apprentice Ship is a “Vessel for Learning Program” – a school-on-board learning program exclusively designed for HRM, travel and tourism students and trainees. ___________3. MarEx Maritime Experience is a similar program that combines on-board learning activities – deck and engine immersion, hands-on exercises and lecture-presentations designed for Maritime cadets. ___________4. Super Ferry operates various packages on board its own fleet of interisland vessels to eight (8) major tourist destinations in the country. ___________5. Sun Cruises is a tourism company of Magsaysay Lines, which operates a regular shuttle service.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

___________6. Star Cruises is the first global cruise line with the youngest and most exciting fleet of cruise ships in the world. ___________7. Carnival Cruise operates 14-day cruises to South America and 11-day Pacific cruises from Acapulco, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Vancouver, among others. ___________8. Crystal Cruise fares start at US$3,190 per person on a shared-cabin basis. ___________9. Norwegian Cruise Lines set sails to over 140 ports of call on four continents. __________10. Disney Cruise Line brings its unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic and Disney Wonder.

Enhancement Activity RESEARCH TIME A. Research on the new tour packages or programs of the different travel agencies under the domestic and international scene. B. Collect pictures of those ships of the different travel agency under the domestic and international scene, and make a collage promoting maritime products. SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE OUTPUT 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 3 Determine the Types of Lodging/ Accommodation Establishments in the Philippines Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following: 1. describe the accommodation and lodging establishments in the Philippines and be able to cite some examples each; and 2. identify the offers of these establishments.

Resorts and hotels are accommodation establishments with a leisure component. It offers a wide variety of entertainment that will suit the needs of your clients. It features virtually what you want in a hotel and resort. Other amenities include alternative restaurants, an indoor promenade with parades and more, and an array of bars and lounges catering to every taste. A. City Hotels  Having reach a destination, a traveler will, invariably need a place to rest.  The TMC/travel agency is able to provide reservation services to its clients.  Clients however may opt to book direct with the property or via a travel portal, although these are normally at premium rates.  The alternative is making reservations through Outbound Tour Operators –in country or through long-distance, fax messages, or email to Inbound Tour Operations in the destination country.  The Hotel & Travel Index, a publication of the Reed Travel group, offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide. Five major hotel chains and their respective company headquarters are listed below: i. Holiday Inn Worldwide, Atlanta GA, USA ii. Nikko Hotels International, Tokyo, Japan iii. Hyatt Hotels Corporations, Chicago, IL, USA iv. Sheraton Hotel & Resorts, New York, USA v. Shangri-La Hotel and Resort, Hong Kong, China

LM-Travel Services

B.

Grade 10

Resorts  Beach-side, river-side, lake-side, mountain-side and the like are normally situated here.  The TMC/travel agent is able to provide reservation service to its clients at contracted rates, or through the hotel representative office in the country of residence.  Like hotel reservations, the alternative is making web-based reservations directly or via a travel portal, or through Outbound Tour Operators in-country, or through long-distance, fax messages, or e-mail to Inbound Tour Operators in the Destination country.  The Hotel & Travel Index, a publication of the Reed Travel group, offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide. Five major hotel chains and their respective company headquarters are listed below: i. Shangri-La Hotel and Resorts, Hong Kong, China ii. Banyan Tree Hotels and Resorts, Singapore iii. Four Seasons Hotel and Resorts, Canada iv. Ten Knots, Philippines v. Le Meridien, New York

C. Other Lodging Facilities  There are a host of other lodging establishments where the TMC/travel agent is able to provide services to its clients.  The alternative is making website reservations direct or via a travel portal, or through Outbound Tour Operators in-country, or through long-distance, fax messages, or e-mail to Inbound Tour Operators in the destination country. D. Sightseeing Packages  These can be purchased either on a seat-in-coach or private tour basis. i. Seat-in-coach refers to sightseeing tours with other individuals on a first-come-first-accommodation basis, on scheduled departures; while ii. Private tours are operated exclusively for certain individuals.

LM-Travel Services

 

 



Grade 10

Sightseeing tours are half-day or full day tours to sights and sites of interest in the destination country. Tour combinations are a combination of two or more travel components that normally include at least one (1) night in the destination country or city. These types of packages vary according to the travelers requirements. Tour packages are classified as follows: i. ground arrangements; ii. land arrangements inclusive of tour packages; and iii. inclusive escorted tour packages. All of the major domestic and inbound tour operators in the Philippines offer packages to the major tourist destination in the country, such as Baguio and Banaue in the north, Cebu, Iloilo, Tacloban and Boracay in the Visayas, Palawan and major sites in Mindanao.

Review of Learning Outcome 3 A. FILL IN THE BLANKS. For each item, write on the empty space/s, the word/term that would best satisfy the meaning of the sentence. 1. The ______________are able to provide reservation services to its clients. 2. Clients however may opt to book direct with the _________or via______________, although these are normally at premium rates. 3. The alternative is making reservations through_________________ in-country or through long-distance, fax messages, or e-mail to Inbound Tour Operations in the destination country. 4. ___________________are a combination of two or more travel components that normally include at least one (1) night in the destination country or city. 5. _______________are half-day or full day tours to sights and sites of interest in the destination country.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

6. ________________are operated exclusively for certain individuals. 7. _________________refers to sightseeing tours with other individuals on a first-come-first-accommodation basis, on scheduled departures 8. The__________________, a publication of the Reed Travel Group, offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide. 9. Tour packages are classified as follows:_______________;______________; and inclusive ____________________. 10. All of the major ___________and _______________in the Philippines offer packages to the major tourist destination in the country, such as Baguio and Banaue in the north, Cebu, Iloilo, Tacloban and Boracay in the Visayas, Palawan and major sites in Mindanao.

Enhancement Activity

RESEARCH TIME A. Bring samples of travel agency leaflets or brochures. Be able to tell which one offers the best service to your classmates by giving its special features and why do you consider it as the best service being offered to prospective travelers. B. Make an album, and put yourself in the shoes of a prospective traveler or the owner of the travel agency. Think of all the possible imaginary things to be included in your album (portfolio). Be creative. SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE PERFORMANCE 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

LM-Travel Services Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

Learning Outcome 4 Discuss the Group Travel Arrangements Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following: 1. define group travel arrangements; 2. describe the travel insurance/assist card; and 3. assist travelers to select the best products and services offered.

Planning a trip for business or pleasure involves different tasks. Depending on the size of the organization or the type of business, travel arrangements can be made through a Travel Agency or directly on line. Travel arrangement is the way things or people organize particular purpose or activity, and it is something that is done to prepare or plan for something in the future. Travel agency is a retail business that sells travel products and services to customers on behalf of the suppliers. These suppliers include:  airlines campanies  car rentals  cruise lines  hotels  railways  sightseeing tours and packages The benefits in using Travel Agencies are: reduces the travel arrangement workload because they have instant access to all level-related data; offers excellent advice on all travel services; and knowledge of exchange rates, suitable clothing, travel insurance and climate conditions. A. Ad Hoc Group Travel Arrangements  The term “Ad Hoc” is a Latin word for “as the need arises”.  Therefore Ad Hoc refers to special travel arrangements for pilgrims, students and any other form of travel.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10



Like MICE travel, land arrangements are normally provided through the Outbound Tour Operators, while the airlines provide attractive fares and concessions. B. Insurance/ Assist Cards  Travel Insurance (TI) i. People travel for different reasons, business and leisure, and because of the advancement of technology, travel is faster, more convenient and further afield. However, the travel anxiety and worries still persist. ii. There is always a concern for what might happen during the journey and what to do, when things do happen. iii. Thus, insurance companies have developed a specialized type of insurance – travel insurance – geared to the needs of travelers. iv. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of personal effects. v. Travel insurance helps people to travel with ease and peace of mind whether it’s for business on leisure. Travel insurance packages are normally classified as: 1. travel health; or 2. travel-related assistance. vi. Most insurance companies in the Philippines also deliver specialized and customized coverage for different cases. vii. Insurance companies and travel agencies have the same target market. People who can afford to travel can afford to buy insurance for health, medication, and travel. 

Assist Cards i. This provides health and accident security overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the necessary requirements a traveler may have. ii. In the Philippines, Assist Card is the best known company that provides this service. iii. Travel insurance deals with the medical assistance – expense reimbursements and insurance benefits. Safe travel is the primary concern of insurance companies.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

iv. However, insurance companies also help to promote other tourism segments, like medical tourism. This parallel activity helps position the Philippines as a “medical hub” in the region. C.

Miscellaneous  Miscellaneous travel-related services cover a wide selection of products and services available directly from principals or through travel management companies.  Foreign telephone calling cards are provided by PLDT, Bayan Tel, Digi Tel, and Globe Telecom.  These products and services are retailed and sold as individual products to prospective end-users.

Review of Learning Outcome 4 A. IDENTIFICATION. Identify what is being described in each item number. ________________1. The way things or people organize for a particular purpose or activity and it is something that is done to prepare or plan for something in the future. ________________2. A retail business that sells travel products and services to customers on behalf of the suppliers. ________________3. It refers to special travel arrangements for pilgrims, students and any other form of travel. ________________4. Normally provided through the Outbound Tour Operators, while the airlines provide attractive fares and concessions. ________________5. A Specialize type of insurance geared to the needs of travelers. ________________6. Classifications of Travel Insurance Packages in travel agencies.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

________________7. This provides health and accident security overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the necessary requirements a traveler may have. ________________8. It covers a wide selection of products and services available directly from principals or through travel management companies. ________________9. The parallel activity by insurance companies that helps promote other tourism segments like medical tourism. _______________10. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of personal effects.

Enhancement Activity

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Why do travel agents offer services other than air passage and the processing of travel documents? Which train is the easiest way to travel? What are the major international cruise companies? What are the sea tourism products available in the Philippines? What are the major international hotel/resort chains in the world?

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Let’s Do it! Research Time!

1. Identify and locate on a map at least ten (10) cities/places serviced by the MRT/LRT, and trace an imaginary itinerary through bordering cities. Use it as the starting point. 2. Locate on a world map the areas of operations of at least three international cruise companies, and trace the cruise itinerary detailed in the brochure. 3. Determine which car rental companies in the Philippines accept reservations for car rental overseas. 4. Download a copy of a Travel Insurance Form, fill it out, then reflect on its provisions or its coverage, and be able to share it in class.

Direction: Let the teacher assess your performance in the following critical task and performance criteria.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ACTIVITY Level Achieved

PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.

The Instructor will indicate his initial on the level achieved.

LM-Travel Services

LESSON 2

Icon for Learning Outcome

Grade 10

TRAVEL AND TOUR ACCOUNTING DOCUMENTS AND BILLING STATEMENT

Learning Outcome 1 Process Travel and Tour Accounting Documents

Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following: 1. understand the importance of issuing travel and tour documents correctly; 2. describe the sequential flow of travel and tour documents from the issuer to the intermediary to the provider of services; and 3. explain the distribution of the different copies of the various travel and tour documents. A TMC/travel agency is characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler. As such, transactions are between the client and the TMC/travel agency on the one hand, and between the TMC/travel agency and the supplier on the other. A. Walk-in Client to TMC or travel agency The following transaction sequence applies for walk-in clients paying with cash or credit cards. A detailed flowchart is presented: 1. These clients requests for travel arrangements through an agency’s operations department, specially a travel counselor or counter staff. 2. The travel counselor processes the booking card for travel. The slip is prepared in triplicate and distributed as follows:  Original copy – it is exchanged for an air ticket or a tour voucher or both, by the travel counselor to the custodian of documents in the accounting in the accounting department

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Duplicate copy – it will be retained by the operation department as a file copy.  Triplicate copy - is given to the client and surrendered to the cashier together with the cash payment. 3. Clients pass cash or with a credit card to the cashier. 

4. The cashier receives the payment and issue a (official/provisional) which is presented to the travel operator.

receipt

Stages 1 & 3 will be the responsibility of the Client while the 2 & 5 will be the travel operation and stage 5 will be served as the travel accounting documents

5. The travel counselor releases the travel documents upon presentation of the receipt. B. Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency The following transaction sequence applies to corporate clients with credit facilities. 1. The corporate client requests for travel arrangements for one of its executives or employees through a “letter of request”, a “travel order” or an “authorization to travel” document signed by an authorized officer of the company. 2. The travel counselor checks the significance of the authorized officer against the file copy of the contract agreement with the TMC/travel agency. The travel agency processes the Booking Card for Travel. The documents are as follows:

LM-Travel Services

i.

Grade 10

Original copy – it is exchanged for an air ticket or tour voucher or both, by the travel counselor to the custodian of documents in the accounting department.

Stages 1 & 5 will be the responsibility of the travel operation while the 2 & 4 will be the travel operation and stages 3 & 6 will be served as the travel accounting documents

ii. iii.

Duplicate copy – it will retain to the operation department for file copy. Triplicate copy – it is given to the accounting department for issuance of a Billing Statement/Invoice that is sent to the client for collection.

3. A billing officer or an assigned staff of the accounting department prepares a Billing Statement/Invoice, which is an external accounting form, detailing the charges due for the travel arrangements requested by the corporate client.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

4. When all documents are ready, the travel counselor collects the invoice form the billing officer and sends it to the corporate client together with the travel documents. 5. The corporate client settles the amount due, within the time limit of the credit facility granted. 6. The cashier receives the payment and issues the official receipt.

Travel Agency Accounting A. The Tour Voucher (or Exchange Order)  

 



B.

It covers all the transactions in the field. These are documents issued by the travel agents and/or tour operators that are hand-carried by the end-users/travelers, and collected by the suppliers in exchange for services. Suppliers providing such services are paid upon presentation of the said tour voucher/exchange vouchers to the issuing entity. As such, the services specified in the voucher must be accurate, and in the case of revisions, these must be approved by both the bearer and the supplier, and clearly noted in the voucher. These are like checks – they are a liability to the issuing entity – and as such, any alteration that is not authorized renders it null and void.

Travel Agency to Tour Operator Accounting – with credit arrangements 1. The travel agency requests for a tour package by issuing a Booking Order. A booking order is a document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting services from suppliers. It is also known as reservation request. The booking order is prepared in duplicate as distributed as follows: i. The original is sent to the operator. ii. The travel counselor retains the duplicate copy as file copy of the operations department.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

2. The tour operator counselor receives the booking order and processes arrangements. 3. When the arrangements are confirmed, the tour operators’ Billing Officer prepares the invoice. copies of the invoice are distributed as follows:

Stages 1 & 6 will be the responsibility of the travel agency while the 2 & 5 will be the travel operation and stages 3, 4 & 7 will be served as the travel accounting documents

i.

4. 5.

The tour operator sends the Original Copy to the agent together with the tour voucher. ii. The Duplicate Copy is also sent to, but is returned by, the travel agent with the name and signature of the person who receives it and the date it is received. This copy becomes the file of the accounting department. iii. The tour operator retains the Triplicate Copy as file copy of the operations department. The accounting department posts the invoice for collection. The travel agency receives both the tour voucher and the tour operator’s invoice. Copies of the tour voucher are distributed as follows: i. The Original copy is given to the end-user or traveler through the travel counselor.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

The Duplicate Copy is forwarded to the tour operator’s accounting department for posting and reconciling with its own invoice iii. The Triplicate Copy is sent to the Operations Department as file copy. 6. The travel agency pays the tour operator’s invoice. 7. The tour operator issues official receipt. C. Travel Agency to Tour Operator Accounting – with credit arrangements ii.

1. The supplier collects the Original Copy of the Exchange Voucher from the bearer and provides the services stipulated therein. The supplier then prepares its own invoice to send to the tour operator with the Original Copy of the Exchange Voucher/Tour Order for collection. 2. The tour operator checks the accuracy of the supplier’s invoice, verifies the services invoice, and processes re delivered. 3. The accounting department receives authorization from Operations Department to settle the supplier’s invoice, and processes payment. 4. The supplier receives the payment and issues official receipt.

D. Tour Operation to Supplier Accounting 1. The tour Operator’s department sends the reservations request to the supplier.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Stages 1 & 3 will be the responsibility of the operations while stage 4 will be the accounting and stages 2, 5 & 6 will be the responsibility of the supplier

2. The supplier receives the booking order, confirms the arrangements and issues the invoice. 3. The operators review the suppliers invoice for correctness. 4. The accounting department processes and releases payment. 5. The supplier pays and issues the official receipt. 6. The supplier provides the services to the client.

Review of Learning Outcome 1 A. KEEPING IN FLOW. Arrange the following in sequential order. Use the number system in ordering. I. Walk-in Client to TMC or travel agency ______The travel counselor releases the travel documents upon presentation of the receipt. ______The clients pass cash or with a credit card to the cashier. ______The cashier receives the payment and issues a receipt (official/provisional) which is presented to the travel operator. ______The travel counselor processes the booking card for travel. ______The client requests for travel arrangements through an agency’s operations department, specially a travel counselor or counter staff.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

II. Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency ______ The corporate client requests for travel arrangements for one of its executives or employees through a “letter of request”, a “travel order” or an “authorization to travel” document signed by an authorized officer of the company. ______ A billing officer or an assigned staff of the accounting department prepares a Billing Statement/Invoice, which is an external accounting form, detailing the charges due for the travel arrangements requested by the corporate client. ______ The travel counselor checks the significance of the authorized officer against the file copy of the contract agreement with the TMC/travel agency. ______ The corporate client settles the amount due, within the time limit of the credit facility granted. ______ When all the documents are ready, the travel counselor collects the invoice from the billing officer and sends it to the corporate clients together with the travel documents. ______ The cashier receives the payment and issues the official receipt. B. FORMING GENERALIZATIONS

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

GENERALIZATION: Give your analysis by giving the point of difference between the two processes as shown. Answer the question briefly and concisely. __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________

Enhancement Activity

FIELD WORKS A. Interview a tour operator and ask him/her about his/her experiences in the field. Make a report on the interview, then share the information during class discussion. B. Work in triads then form a worthy exchange of ideas about the topic, listen and make conclusions afterwards. Assign a group secretary to jot down the necessary information of the conversation.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

C. Collect documents usually secured in travel arrangement. Clip them to your portfolio then share to the class what you have gathered. D. Divide the class into two groups and perform a skit presentation. Group 1 will simulate a Walk-in Client to TMC or travel agency while the other group will create a mock up of a Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ACTIVITIES 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

Icon for Learning Outcome

Learning Outcome 2

Follow Procedures for airline

Ticket Payment Through the Banking System Objectives At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following: 1. understand the procedures to follow for airline ticket payment through the banking system; and 2. appreciate the underlying principles of billing settlement. IATA’s Billing and Settlement Plan (BSP) is a system designed to facilitate and simplify the selling, reporting and remitting procedures of IATA Accredited Passenger Sales Agents, as well as improve financial control and cash flow of participating airlines. A worldwide system that operates in some 177 countries and territories. In 2012 IATA’s BSP processed $251.8 billion.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

BSP is a system designed to facilitate and simplify the selling, reporting and remitting procedures of IATA Accredited Passenger Sales Agents, as well as improve financial control and cash flow for BSP Airlines. A truly worldwide system: at the close of 2013, there were 88 BSPs, covering 179 countries and territories serving about 400 airlines, while gross sales processed amounted to USD 259 billion. Benefits of a BSP 1)Simplification: agents issue one sales report and remit one amount to a central point; airlines receive one settlement covering all agents; simplifies and reduces work through the use of electronic ticketing on behalf of all BSP Airlines; and agents’ sales are reported electronically. 2) Savings: less resources required for billing and collection; electronic distribution of billing reports, and generation of debit/credit memos. 3) Enhanced Control: increased financial control thanks to centralization and grouping; consolidated document flow, permitting accelerated quality controls; overall process monitoring by a neutral body A. IATA The International Air Transportation Association (IATA) is the umbrella association of all commercial air transportation companies. It allows airlines to combine their individual networks into a global public service despite language, currency and legal differences.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Through airline cooperation in IATA, the travel process is simplified by allowing travelers to fly on several scheduled airlines in many different countries and make payments in one single currency. Travel Agencies are encouraged to be accredited with IATA in order to avail of the following benefits: 1. Access to the association member tickets stocks for more efficient servicing of the traveling public. 2. Credit facilities which enable a travel agency to extend credit to its customers, thereby maximizing the use of money. Credit facilities imply financial stability. 3. Prestigious accreditation, which connotes efficient service, professionalism, keeping abreast with developments and trends, reliability and international recognition. 4. Applicable commission received at the point of sale resulting in more agency revenues; direct access to the carriers. 5. Centralized settlement services through the BSP. 6. This plan is time-and-cost-effective allowing staff more time to sell. However, travel agencies that are not accredited with IATA can still transact business with prospective travelers by ticketing directly with the air carriers on a cash basis or acting as sub-agents of IATA-accredited travel agencies through special arrangements. B. The BSP The Billing Settlement Plan (BSP) has been developed by IATA member airlines in consultation with travel agents to simplify the selling, reporting and remitting procedures of their passenger sales agent. The main advantages gained from the BSP by the IATA-Accredited Travel Agencies are the following: 1. Standardized procedure 2. Standard traffic documents (tickets and multi-purpose documents of MPDs) 3. Standard administrative forms 4. Special ticket imprinter, agents validation plate and carrier’s identification plates 5. Single sales transmittal to one central reporting point

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

6. Single settlement payment 7. Single, automatic supply of standard traffic documents 8. Single inventory 9. Cost savings 10.Overall standardization resulting in simple, time-saving procedures.

Review of Learning Outcome 2 A. IDENTIFICATION. Provide, on the space before the number, what is being defined in each item. Write legibly. ______________ 1. is a system designed to facilitate and simplify the selling, reporting and remitting procedures of IATA Accredited Passenger Sales Agents, as well as to improve financial control and cash flow of participating airlines _______________2. is the umbrella association of all commercial air transportation companies _______________3. the number of BSP’s covering 179 countries at the close of 2013 _______________4. the 2013 BSP’s Gross Sales _______________5. is a low fare, ticket-less airline B. WORD FORMATION. Provide the appropriate meaning of the following acronyms. 6. IATA

: ____________________________________________

7. BSP

: ____________________________________________

8. ADM

: ____________________________________________

9. MPDs

: ____________________________________________

10. AA

: ____________________________________________

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Enhancement Activity

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper. 1. What is the difference between non-IATA and IATA-accredited travel organization? 2. What is the difference between a purchase order and a tour order? 3. What is the difference between a tour order and an exchange order? 4. What is the difference between IATA and BSP?

Let’s Do it! Group Work 1. Prepare a correct check requisition payment of all the suppliers involved in the previous group proposed activity. 2. Prepare a correct Invoice, Billing Settlement or Statement of Accounts. 3. Research on:  The standing of IATA in the year 2012. Compare it to 2013 IATA’s standing. Then, construct a comparative analysis report which will be given an account of in the class.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

OVERALL EVALUATION Directions:

Level Achieved

Ask the teacher to assess your performance in the following critical task and performance criteria. You will be rated based on the overall evaluation on the right side.

PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 1 - Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.

The Instructor will indicate his initial on the level achieved.

Let’s See How Much You Learned Post Test 4 A. MULTPLE CHOICE. For each item, read the sentence/s or phrase/s carefully, and write the letter of the correct answer on your sheet of paper. 1. It features individual air-conditioned cabins. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class 2. The cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on each side which can sit up to three people a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

3. It features a four-bed air-conditioned cabin: two beds on each side, with one stacked on top of the other. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class 4. This features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the cabin. a. Executive Sleeper Class b. Family Sleeper Class c. Deluxe Class d. Economic Class 5. The other term for Line LRT-1. a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line 6. The first metro system in Southeast Asia, built earlier than the Singapore MRT by three years. a. Manila LRT b. Manila RRT c. Manila LTR d. Manila LRTA 7. The other term for Line MRT-2. a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line 8. The other term for Line MRT-3. a. Blue Line b. Red Line c. Yellow Line d. Purple Line

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

9. The meaning of AGT. a. Automated Guideway Transit b. Automatic Guideway Transit c. Autorun Guideway Transit d. Air Guideway Transit 10. The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines today, that operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour packages. a. Super Ferry b. NENACO c. Sun Cruises d. Star Cruises 11. It operates various packages on board its own fleet of interisland vessels, to eight (8) major tourist destinations in country. a. Super Ferry b. NENACO c. Sun Cruises d. Star Cruises 12. The first global cruise line with the youngest and most exciting fleet of cruises ships in the world. a. Super Ferry b. NENACO c. Sun Cruises d. Star Cruises 13. Refers to sightseeing tours with other individuald on a first-come-firstaccommodation basis, on scheduled departures. a. Seat-in-coach b. Private Tours c. Escorted Tours d. Sightseeing Tours

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

14. The half-day or full-day tours to sights and sites of interest in the destination country. a. Seat-in-coach b. Private Tours c. Escorted Tours d. Sightseeing Tours 15. A retail business that sells travel products and services to customers on behalf of the suppliers a. Travel Agency b. Retail Agency c. Product Agency d. Suppliers Agency 16. Refers to special travel arrangement for pilgrims, students and any other form of travel. a. Ad Hoc b. Ad Coalium c. Ad Initio d. Prima Facie 17. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of personal effects. a. Health Insurance b. Travel Insurance c. Business Insurance d. Death and Loss insurance 18. The card that provides health and accident security overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the necessary requirements a traveler may have. a. Tour Card b. Multipurpose Card c. Assist Card d. Departure Card

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

19. It covers a wide selection of products and services available directly from principals or through travel management companies. a. Miscellaneous Travel-related Service b. Miscellaneous Travel-unrelated Service c. Miscellaneous Arrival-related Service d. Miscellaneous Departure-related Service 20. What does IATA mean? a. International Air Transportation Association b. Interrelated Air Transportation Association c. Interrupted Air Transportation Association d. Intermission Air Transportation Association 21. This covers all the transactions in the field. a. Tour Voucher b. Assist Card c. Departure Clearance Card d. Travel Guide Card 22. The document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting services from suppliers. a. Booking Order b. Tour Order c. Assist Order d. Checking Order 23. What does BSP mean? a. Board Settlement Plan b. Billing Settlement Plan c. Billing System Plan d. Billing Systematic Plan 24. The meaning of ADM a. Agency Debris Memo b. Agency Debit Memo c. Agency Detour Memo d. Agency Dire Memo

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

25. The meaning of MPD. a. Multi-planning Documents b. Multipurpose Documents c. Multiple Planning and Purpose Documents d. Multilingual Purpose Documents 26. It is characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler. a. TMC/ Travel Agency b. TTMC/ Travel Agency c. IATA/ Travel Agency d. BSP/Travel Agency 27. The card that provides health and accident security overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the necessary requirements a traveler may have. a. Assist Card b. Health Card c. Traveler Card d. Doctor- patient Card 28. Deals with medical assistance – expense reimbursements and insurance benefits. a. Health Insurance b. Fire Insurance c. Expense Insurance d. Travel insurance 29. The publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide a. Resort and Travel Index b. Hotel and Travel Index c. Reed Travel Index d. Comprehensive Hotels and Reed Travel Index 30. It brings a unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic and Disney Wonder a. Super Disney Ferry b. Land Cruise c. Disney Cruise Line d. Princess Cruise

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT A. Multiple Choice Direction: Read the statements carefully and write the letter of your best choice in your answer sheet. 1. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of personal effects. a. Health Insurance b. Travel Insurance c. Business Insurance d. Death and Loss insurance 2. Which government tourism agency is entitled to the collection of travel taxes on individuals? a. Department of Budget and Management b. Bureau of Internal Revenue c. Philippine Tourism Authority d. Department of Finance 3. It refers to an assembly of people for a common business purpose and social interchange between attendees e. Convention f. Conference g. Exhibitions h. Seminars 4. This kind of tourist destination will surely bring relaxation and relieve stress to the visitors during their spare time. Some of which are theme park, casino, fitness center, and spa center a. Entertainment b. Shopping c. Recreation d. Education

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

5. It covers a wide selection of products and services available directly from principals or through travel management companies. a. Miscellaneous Travel-related Service b. Miscellaneous Travel-unrelated Service c. Miscellaneous Arrival-related Service d. Miscellaneous Departure-related Service 6. All of the following are advantages of internet in the travel business, except a. It avoid payment of commissions on the part of the customer. b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search. c. It ignores personal motivation. d. It reduces paperwork. 7. Russia is part of this continental land area. a. South America b. Middle East c. Europe d. Africa 8. These are not meetings but many convention organizers are also responsible for developing and operating incentive programs. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency to incite to determination or action. a. Meetings b. Seminars c. Workshops d. Incentives 9. The meaning of MPD . a. Multi-planning Documents b. Multipurpose Documents c. Multiple Planning and Purpose Documents d. Multilingual Purpose Documents

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

10. The European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance, Iberia Lufthansa and SAS a. Sabre b. Worldspan c. Galileo d. Amadeus 11. What TMC department segment will benefit if the marketing plans are effectively delivered to the consuming public. a. Personnel b. Sales c. Accounting d. Operations 12. The document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting services from suppliers. a. Booking Order b. Tour Order c. Assist Order d. Checking order 13. The travel evaluation indicator that is addressed upon answering the question: “Did you learn new things from your travel?” a. Accessibility b. Comfort and convenience c. Safety and security d. Education and entertainment

14. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation before the advent of e-commerce and the internet? e. Manual Reservation f. Electronic Reservation g. Automated Reservation h. None of the Above

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

15. Any direct or indirect, issue or policy conflict – even if minor or remedial – which may arise from the travel management company’s retention of a corporate client must be revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed as conflict of interest. e. Confidentiality f. Conflict of Interest g. Illegal Information Brokering h. Point of View B. Matching Type Direction: Match the meanings in Column A with terms in Column B. Write the letter on your answer sheet. COLUMN A Meaning _____1. This map is intended to describe the state and national boundaries of places. _____2. This government agency is mandated to monitor the entry and exit of foreign nationals in the country. _____3. An example of demographics variable _____4. The 10% commission reserved by the travel agent to the vendor. _____5. The type of hotel that has facilities suitable for holding meetings, conferences, and conventions. _____6. Example of religious tourism. _____7. The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines today. _____8. It is a complete record of all requirements of the passenger. _____9. The government agency that has the power to implement policies concerning air travel safety. _____10. Sightseeing tours on a first-come-firstaccommodation basis.

COLUMN B Term A. Bureau of Immigration B. Gender C. Rate-minus D. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines E. Seat-in-coach F. Super Ferry G. Itinerary Card H. Political Map I. Corporate hotel K. Topography Map L. Condotel M. Cost-plus N. Via Crusis

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

C. MIX AND MATCH Direction: Classify the following company/tourism sector according to their area of business operations. Write your answer in a separate sheet of paper. Sulpicio Lines Northstar Transport Resort Sky Pasada Land Transportation

PAL Express Cebu Pacific Manila Metro Rail Transit All-Suite Hotel Super Ferry Nissan Rent-A-Car

Air Transportation

Maritime Transportation

Accommodation/ Lodging

D. QUICKWRITES Direction: Write your understanding about the details of the illustration below. I.

Distribution Flow of Travel Product (10 points) Commercial Entities

Travel Management Company

Customers

SCORING RUBRICS 2 – Beginning 4 – Developing 6 – Approaching 8 – Proficient 10 - Advance

LM-Travel Services

II.

Grade 10

Intranet and Extranet in Travel Management (5 points)

Extra net

Intra net

TMC SCORING RUBRICS 1 – Beginning 2 – Developing 3 – Approaching 4 – Proficient 5 - Advance

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Synthesis Travel – it allows us to relish the multicolored and flavorful cultures served before us in the banquet of life. Categorically, we travel to explore strange and uncharted worlds, and later on, realize that no matter how diverse our orientations are, still, we are united by our powerful faith in our religion, and by our ceaseless liking for pleasure. We travel to lose ourselves to the fascinating burst of man’s precise designs and God’s incomparable art sense – both intertwined to create bliss. Indeed, we travel, then we explore, appreciate, and finally, realize. But, along our travel, we breakaway – we acquire new perspectives in life and heave old principles, and most importantly, we find ourselves once again, in the process of rebuilding ourselves, we fortify our identity as a Filipino, and we keep a sanctuary of patriotism in our deepest core. On the other hand, travel is not solely for personal advantage. In fact, the Travel-and-Tourism domain is delivering significant economic contribution in the Philippines today. It opens thousands of job opportunities available for Filipinos nationwide and even overseas, thus, spurring innovation for inclusive growth, and transforming the lives of people to the best quality of living there is. The value of travel and tourism subjectively and in general is inevitable. This is the very reason why familiarizing oneself with the functions of the various personnel involved in this area is primordial. In every traveler’s endeavor in exploring different parts of the world, there are intermediary channels between commercial establishments and clienteles such as travel agencies and travel management companies that can assist them in realizing their travel plans. A traveler should be well-adept as to the steps undertaken in instituting and setting up travel management business. Moreover, how travel agencies perform their business online using Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and Global Distribution System (GDS) should be recognized in order to facilitate comfort and assurance in achieving a worthwhile itinerary. Several factors should be taken into account when dealing with travel and tourism – the visitors’ length of stay, origination, purpose of visit, distance traveled, means of transportation, kind of accommodations given to them and other dimensions. There are also factors that push or distract them from traveling; whether as part of leisure, business, or both. Other important factors that influence the visitors upon traveling are their needs, motives, and aspirations, as well as their preferences that will conform to the travel market and destination. To close, travel and tourism require one to undergo careful steps, to make practical decisions, and to deal with service providers in a manner that exhibits broad-mindedness, respect, and professionalism. It is through bearing these essentials in travel and tourism that one could actually come across an experience of a lifetime.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

GLOSSARY Ad Hoc Tour Package

A tour put together according to the specifications of a client.

Air ticket

A document comprising all flight and other coupons, issued by or in behalf of an air carrier, which evidences the contract between the passenger and the carrier, for the carriage of the passenger and his baggage over a certain route.

Airline

A commercial company providing scheduled air transportation and made up of its equipment, personnel and array of facilities.

Assembly

A company of persons gathered for deliberation and legislation, worship or entertainment.

Availability

Space or services ready for sale, reservations or commitments to a customer, at the time of inquiry or need.

Back-to-back

The two-way (round trip) use of seats in transportation equipment. It is also continuous operation of a tour package, with minimal time between the departure of one group and the arrival of the next one.

Baggage

All articles, effects and personal property of a passenger necessary for his comfort and convenience in connection with a trip.

Baggage allowance

The volume and weight of luggage that may be carried on board by a traveler without any additional charge.

Baggage Tag

An identifying tag strapped to the passenger’s luggage, issued by the carrier for identification purposes.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Booking

A reservation for a seat, room, tour or service.

Booking card

A document prepared by a travel counsel or reservations staff, which contains all the pertinent travel information, data and status of the prospective traveler’s trip.

Brochure

A printed, book-type marketing tool with pictures, graphics, illustrations and appropriate texts describing the products and services of a tour operator, and their specific inclusions.

Browsers

It allows anybody to contact and receive messages from anybody who has access to an online computer. The most popular browser in the Philippines is Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Bump off

To off-load passengers from a flight or trip.

Bus

A large highway passenger vehicle that provides scheduled services for individually ticketed passengers.

Business Class

Air travel by a class superior to economy but lower than first class service.

Carrying Capacity

The total essential services in a tourist facility necessary to adequately meet the needs of a number of travelers.

Carrier

A duly franchised public transportation company.

Cancelation Charge

A fee collected by a supplier for failure of a client to use a reserved space, without having canceled the reservation within the allowed cancelation period.

Check-in

Refers to the formalities attendant to the arrival of a guest at the place of lodging, including filling out the registration form.

Check-in time

A hotel day begins at 0600 hrs; however a guest may only occupy the room after an established check-in time, usually 1400H.

LM-Travel Services

turned

Grade 10

Checked-in Baggage

Accompanied baggage passenger to the carrier.

over

by

the

Check-out

Departure of a guest upon completion of stay, including settlement of personal accounts.

Check-out Time

A specified time at which the hotel guest must vacate the room, normally at 1200hrs.

Color Scheme

Refers to the background color of the pages, if any, or the color of maps and drawing.

Commercial Rate

A special price for regular guests of a hotel.

Complimentary

A service of product provided free of charge.

Conference

A formal interchange of view, a meeting to discuss matters of common concern.

Confidential Tariff

A list of wholesale rates distributed in confidence to travel agents and wholesaler by tour operators.

Connecting Flight

A segment on a going a passenger to change aircraft (but not necessarily airline)

Corporate travel

A special rate agreed upon between a non-travel entity of travel activities presented in an accurate, descriptive manner primarily for marketing purpose.

Destination

The ultimate stopping place according to the contract of carriage in a ticket.

Denied boarding

When a passenger is not allowed to board flight due to insufficient or improper travel documentation.

Departure Transfer

A trip from a place of lodging to a destination’s departure point.

Deprived Boarding

When a paying passenger with valid ticket and confirmed reservation is not accommodated on a flight.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Descriptive Itinerary

A schedule of travel activities presented in an accurate, descriptive manner primarily for marketing purposes.

Direct Flight

A journey during which the passenger does not have to change planes.

Domestic Tour Operator

A travel entity that operates tour packages within a country for residents of that country.

Economy Fare

The fare for economy class service.

E-mail Newsletter

A broadcast e-mail which is an electronic marketing tool.

Excess Baggage

The amount of luggage by weight, volume or number of pieces that exceeds the baggage allowance set by the carrier.

Excess Baggage Charge

A fee collected for the carriage of the baggage over and above the baggage allowance.

Electronic Ticket

Transaction receipt that provides proof that one’s air ticket is stored in the airline’s database, which can be availed of upon presentation of proof of identity.

Excess Baggage Tag

A receipt issued by an airline to a passenger evidencing payment for excess weight on baggage.

Exchange Voucher

A document issued by travel agencies and tour operators, specifying services to be provided by the bearer, and stipulating that all charges incurred therein will be charged by the company issuing the exchange voucher. It is surrendered to the supplier in exchange for the services mentioned.

Excursion

A day tour lasting no more than 16 hours.

Excursion Fare

A fare that is below two or more combined fares on one-way sectors or legs.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Exhibitions

Are also known as “trade events”, and consists of a series of exhibit booths in which people show their wares, hoping to influence attendees towards ordering or purchasing their wares. A trade show may be an integral part of another type of meeting or it may be free standing.

Extension

A pre-arranged sub-tour offered as an option, with corresponding extra charges, to the buyers of a tour package. It may be availed of before, during or after the basic tour package.

Extranet

Contains product information that can be accessed by outsiders- such as vendors and clients- they form the company’s information dissemination areas. This internet application is most evident in the travel and tourism industry, particularly with transportation entities’ schedules and fares listings and with destinations.

Familiarization Tour

A complimentary or reduced rate tour for media people or travel agents designed to acquaint them with a specific destination.

Flight

A scheduled air service identified by a flight number.

Flight Coupon

The portion of a passenger’s air ticket which is surrendered upon airport check-in in exchange for a boarding pass.

Flight Frequency

The number of flights between two specified sectors, or a specified period of time.

Foreign Tour Operator

A travel entity that operates tour packages to foreign countries for the residents of a country.

Ground Arrangements

A tour package classification that comprises only transfers and sightseeing tours at a destination.

Go-show

To show up at the article counter with an open dated ticket, for a chance to board a carrier.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Guaranteed Tour

A tour guaranteed to operate, unless canceled, before an established cut-off date.

Guided Tour

A sightseeing tour conducted by a tour guide.

Hand-carried Baggage

Personal effects carried by the passenger inside the craft’s cabin.

Hospitality Resources

A supply component consisting of all the cultural wealth of an area which makes possible the successful hosting of tourist.

Hospitality Room

A room used for entertaining, usually a parlor or function room.

Hotel

An establishment that provides lodging, food and beverages, and any other type of service that cater to the needs of its guest.

Hotel Contract

An agreement by which a hotel commits to a tour operator to provide hotel services to a traveler, who is a client of a travel agency handled by the tour operator.

Hotel Contract Rate

A negotiated net rate agreed upon by a tour operator and a hotel, wherein the latter commits to supply rooms of a specified category at a flat rate.

Hotel Package

A combination of board, lodging, transfers and use of hotel facilities offered as a package by accommodations establishments.

Inbound Tour Operator

A travel entity that operates tour packages within a country for residents of foreign countries.

Incentives

The word “incentive” denotes “something that incites or has a tendency to incite to determination or action”. Thus, it is an activity to encourage the participant to increase production or solve problems within an organization.

Incentive Travel Rate

A special room rate applied to a specific incentive travel movement, on specified dates.

LM-Travel Services

Incidental Charges

Inclusive Tour

Grade 10

Charges for personal services rendered that are not included in the arrangement made by the tour operator or travel agent. A tour package classification consisting of transportation to/from destination, transfers, sightseeing tours, accommodations and specified meals.

Inclusive Escorted Tour

A tour package classification consisting of transportation to/from a destination, transfers, sightseeing tours, accommodations specified meals and the services of a tour escort.

Interactivity

Refers to the interaction between vendor and vendee in cyberspace. It makes it easy for visitors to get in touch with the agency. References to the guest registry and opportunities to send e-mail to individual staff members of the company must be available throughout the site.

International Date

The last meridian or where the plus (+) 180º and the minus (-) 180º meet. When the area West of the International Date Line is Monday, the area East of it is Sunday. When this line is crossed going west, the date is advanced one day. When crossing this line going east, the date becomes a day earlier.

International Tourism

The movement of tourists between and among different countries.

Internet Service Provider (ISP)

The server of the internet that delivers access to the enchanted kingdom, and the browser makes it come alive in the computer screen. There is a number of ISP worldwide but it is essential to know that to access the internet, there must be a modem for cable connection or a wireless connection and the service of an ISP.

Interpreter

A person who translates orally for person conversing in different Languages.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Intranets

In the world of corporate travel management the internet provides the last frontier in the dissemination of corporate travel policies and procedures and the enforcement of rules, regulation and restrictions pertaining to travel.

Islands

Bodies of land surrounded by water.

Isthmus

A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water.

Itinerary

A schedule of sites and activities arranged in chronological order.

Lakes

Bodies of water surrounded by land.

Land Arrangement

A tour package classification that comprises transfers, sightseeing tours, and accommodations and specified meals at a destination.

Late Arrival

A reservation that is expected to arrive at a place of lodging, with due notice, after 1800hrs.

Late Check-out

A departing guest who remains beyond the checkout hours, normally 1200hrs.

Latitudes

Imaginary horizontal lines stretching from the Prime Meridian East up to the International Date Line; and from the Prime Meridian West up to the International Date Line.

Layout

Similar to format, it is more of a technical description for distributing columns of text and the size of the pictures or visuals. The most critical aspects of the layout are the conceptualization of both the title and the back pages.

Lecture

A lecture may be a part of a program of another meeting, or it may be a session by itself. This is a formal presentation by a single person, generally on a single subject. Questions from the floor may or may not be encouraged.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Legs

A portion of a flight between any two consecutive scheduled stops.

Links

A web page without links is like an action movie without sound. Links and graphics bring pizzazz to the web pages. The screen usually show text links in blue letter that are underlined. This tells viewers that a “wormhole” to another world exists right there. There is no telling which routes viewers will take, but the link can nudge them in the right direction toward interactivity-by designing with the viewer in mind.

Load Factor

The percentage ratio of the carrier’s capacity sold, to the total capacity offered for sale.

Local Tour Operator

A travel entity that operates sightseeing tour packages within a locality for both foreign and domestic visitors.

Locator Maps

Maps with grids (square formed by a series of vertical and horizontals lines) with horizontal numbered squares on top and lettered vertical squares on the side (or vice-versa) of small geographical areas used to locate hotels, attractions and the like.

Longitudes

Imaginary vertical lines stretching from the North Pole to the South pole. These lines are not straight, but follow the boundaries that separate the different countries.

Luggage

All articles, effects and personal property of a passenger necessary for his comfort and convenience in connection with a trip.

Magnetic North

The direction all compasses point to.

Manager for Tours

A person who supervises the operations of a tours department of a travel agency.

Manager for Travel

A person who supervises the operations of the travel department of a travel agency.

LM-Travel Services

Market

Grade 10

Geographical area or socio-economic denomination whose members have disposable time and money to travel outside their place of residence for leisure and other purposes.

Meeting

Defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or purposes.

Minibus

A medium-sized highway passenger vehicle that provides transportation and sightseeing tours services for passengers traveling as a group or on a tour package.

Mountains

Elevated terrestrial masses that are peaked or serrated An acronym for Multi Purpose Document, an airline document, used to request specific services from a supplier, for the person named in the document.

M.P.D.

Nautical Charts

Rectangular flat map that provide general indications of the ocean’s depth in fathoms and the characteristics of the sea bottom (sandy, coral, mud).

Navigation Tools

These help the visitors find where they want to go. If they cannot quickly find what they are looking for, they will look elsewhere. Often, a navigational top bar meets this requirement.

Night Club

A place of entertainment which opens at night for eating and drinking, usually with a floor show.

Net-Net

Actual cost of a component, without commissions or mark-up, and inclusive of taxes and service fees, when applicable.

Net Rate

A wholesale rate to be marked up for eventual resale.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Niche Marketing

The best example of internet marketing as it provides the unique opportunity to make a travel management company’s travel expertise (or whatever that expertise may be) available to anybody in the world who has access to an online computer.

Northern Hemisphere

All the area north of the equator – seasons are the opposite of the southern half: when it is winter (December) in the Northern hemisphere, it is summer in the Southern Hemisphere.

North Pole

The top of the earth. The true north. Where the Arctic is.

No-Show

A reservation that is neither cancelled nor fulfilled.

No-Show Charge

A fee collected by a supplier for a reservation that is either cancelled or fulfilled.

Non-sked

A supplemental transportation service, other than scheduled service; short for non-scheduled.

Non-stop Flight

A flight between two points in which the aircraft does not land in-between.

Occupancy

The percentage of rooms sold to the total available rooms offered for sale.

Oceans

Large bodies of water: The earth’s oceans are: the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian and the Arctic. Oceans make up 2/3 of the earth surface.

Off-line

Cities or countries not on the route of a carrier.

Off-load

To remove a passenger or freight already boarded for whatever reason.

One-on-One-E-mail

Simple, effective and a cheap way to send a message to an individual client. While some argue that e-mail is a poor sales tool, good e-mail marketing pays off if it is done consistently and professionally.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Cities or countries through which a carrier operates. On-line One-way Fare

The fare from one point to another with no provision for the return trip.

Open Ticket

An airline ticket which does not specify when a service is to be performed, which makes the passenger responsible for securing reservation at a later date.

Open-dated Ticket

An air ticket with no reservation on specific flight/s or date/s; an airline ticket which does not specify.

Optional Tour

A tour that is not part of the basic package.

Outside Connections

Links with other companies organizations for crossselling. For example, if your website promotes mountaineering activities, the companies or organizations that can help sell are the mountaineering and outdoor clubs and organization

Overbooking

The practice of committing more rooms or seats than are available; a hedge against “no-shows”.

Over-ride-commission Commission given in addition to the regular or standard commission. Over Stay

To remain beyond the expiration of the reserved stay.

Package Rate

The person, twin-share rate of a tour package.

Panel

A meeting where a group of experts with diverse views on the same subject presents ideas in turn, under the direction of a moderator. Questions from the audience are appropriate and requested just prior to a summarization by the moderator.

Peak Season

The period of greatest arrival/departure of tourists.

Pamphlet

A one/two-fold printed marketing tool with pictures, graphics, illustrations and text describing products and services of a travel agency or tour operator. Usually with four to eight pages.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Paper Stock

Quality conveys the desired image however a more important consideration is the weight. Paper stock should also match the front and back covers material, which usually thicker than the pages.

Passenger Coupon

The portion of a passenger’s air ticket that constitutes the passenger’s written evidence of the contract of carriage.

Passport

An official government document for international travel that certifies the identity and citizenship of the bearer; a document issued by a national government to their citizens as proof of their citizenship which permits them to leave their own country.

Payment Advice

A slip of paper detailing the breakdown of the amount to be paid by the client to the travel agent.

Peninsula

A large projection of land into water.

Personal Selling

Oral presentation in a conversation with one or more prospective purchasers for the purpose of making a sale.

Plateau

An elevated terrestrial mass that is flat.

Plus-Plus

A term used to indicate that taxes and gratuities must be added to the stated rate.

Physical Maps

A rectangular flat map that features the natural geophysical features of the earth’s land mass, such as terrestrial elevations, plateaus, valleys, rivers, and the like.

Pilgrim

A person purposes.

Point-to-Point Fare

The basic fare from one city to another covering only the cost of the ticket.

Political Maps

Rectangular flat map that features the political boundaries of the different countries of the world.

who

travels

primarily

for

religious

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Port of Call

A stopover of a cruise trip where shore excursions are offered.

Porterage

A per-baggage fee paid for handling services at airports, piers, and sometimes, at hotels.

Pre/Post Tours

A range of sightseeing tours and tour packages offered before and after a convention. A special kind of meeting where members of the media (newspapers, magazines, radio and television) are invited to a gathering to be given information on some new event or development.

Press Conference

Prime Meridian

The first meridian or the first Longitude (0 degrees). It is also referred to as Greenwich Meridian Time (GMT). Thus, the time in the first Time Zone after the Prime Meridian is GMT plus 1. The Philippines is GMT plus 8 or eight time zones ahead of GMT. New York, on the other hand, is GMT negative 4 or four time zones behind GMT. Los Angeles is GMT negative 8 or eight time zones behind GMT.

Privacy and Security

Unless the company publishes its privacy policy, visitors may be unwilling even to consider leaving their names and addresses in the registry book. The company must be honest and tell the visitors what the company plans to do with the information received for them, and provide them with complete information about the company’s security protocols for financial transactions.

Prorate

To divide the cost of a travel component or service by the number of passengers, actual or projected, availing of such service or component.

Published Rate

A with a built–in-commission distributed by suppliers.

Purchase Order

A document issued by non-IATA travel agencies requesting an IATA-accredited travel agency or an airline to issue air tickets or other specified service from tour operators, to the person(s) in favor of the passengers named in the document.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Quad

A room occupied by four individuals.

Rack Rate

The published rate of hotel, not discounted in anyway, with built-in commission.

Run-of-the House Rate

The average between the maximum and the minimum room rate available (except suites) committed to by the hotel to tour operators, with rooms assignments made on the best available basis upon arrival.

Reconfirmation

A statement of intent to use a reservation.

Refund

The repayment to the client of all, or a portion of, a fare or charge, for unused carriage or service.

Registration Card

A form completed by the guest upon check-in at an accommodation establishment.

Regular Tour Package A tour put together according to the demands of the market to a popular tourist attraction or destination. Re-routing

The change of a passenger’s route, fare, class or service, schedule or validity, from the one provided in the original transportation documents.

Reservation

An advanced request for available space at some time in the future.

Resort

A place of lodging characteristics.

Retreat

A period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or study of instructions under a director. This name is often used for religious retreats, but it is also employed to define a very specific type of meeting in the corporate, association or educational world. A retreat maybe useful when the employees under severe pressure or stress and facing burnout.

Revalidation

The authorized alteration and stamping of an air ticket by an airline.

endowed

with

special

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Room Service

Food and beverage service provided in the privacy of a guest’s room.

Rooming List

A list that provides the names of a person in a group, along with such other information as who will be roommates with who, and the type of room.

Round-trip fare

The fare from an origin point to another and back to the origin point by the same route.

Round-trip Package

A tour package consisting of travel from one point to another and returning via another route as the outbound trip.

Sale Promotions

Short-term incentives to encourage the purchase or sale of a product or service.

Scale

The comparative measurement on the map vis a vis actual measurement.

Seas

Next largest to the oceans are the seas (some large lakes are also called seas – the Black Sea, the Caspian Sea and the Dead sea in Israel, for example)

Segments (or sector)

A portion of a flight between any consecutive scheduled stops.

Seminar

Defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar interest with a purpose of giving or discussing information. Seminars are of a specific nature and conducted by a recognized expert in the field and attended by persons interested in the subject matter who are willing to pay the required fee

Series Rate

A special group rate applied to a number of groups from the same tour operator, with identical itineraries arriving at regular intervals.

Service Charge

Administrative fee, either fixed or percentile, added to a person’s account to cover gratuities and tips.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Service fee

A fee paid to a travel agent for services where the agent receives a commission.

Shore Excursion

A day tour offered to the passengers of a cruise ship.

Signposts

Directions to the websites. These are located in the virtual community site of cyberspace, such as the Global Distribution Systems. Popular internet meeting places are other travel-related websites and cyberspace chat rooms.

Single Room

A room occupied by one person, regardless of the number of beds in the room.

Single Room Rate

The full price of a room for one person, regardless of the size and number of beds in the room.

Single Room Supplement

A surcharge for single room accommodation in a tour package.

Size

Plays an important part in the distribution of the material. Flyers and leaflets are normally folded to fit standard, legal-size envelopes. Handouts are normally given out, so that mailing costs are not important. For pamphlets, the desired size should fit a standard, legal-size envelope to avoid having special envelopes made. As a rule, brochures will always require special made-to-order envelopes.

Skeletal Itinerary

A vague, rough schedule of travel activities.

Southern Hemisphere

All the area south of the equator - seasons are the opposite of the northern half: when it is winter (June) in the Southern Hemisphere, it is summer in the Northern Hemisphere.

South Pole

The bottom of the earth. Where the Antarctic is.

Special Interest Tour

A tour package designed for clients with a common interest on a specific subject.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Stopover

A deliberate break in a journey, allowed by a carrier, at any point between the point of origin and destination.

Straight

Water passages between bodies of land.

Suite

One or more bedrooms with lounge or parlor.

Supplier

A provider of tourism services or tour package components.

Surcharge

An additional charge that a client must pay for voluntarily by the clients of better or more services than those offered in the tour package.

Tariff

A supplier’s published list of rates, fares and services.

Technical Itinerary

A schedule of travel activities detailing times, flights, travel times and the like.

Temperate Zones

The areas between the North Pole and the Tropic of Cancer, and the areas between the Tropic of Capricorn and the South Poles. Here, the wind normally blows from west to east, and it is called the Temperate winds.

Text

Concise writing copy for the webs differ from other writing because of the web’s unique technology, that is, non-linear, interactive, and the language is brief and to the point succeeds better than wordy, complicated text.

Through Flight

A flight between two points with one or more points in between, where a passenger may embark or disembark.

Ticket

A contract of carriage.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Time Zone

The areas between two longitudes. Therefore a Time Zone is the area between 0 degrees and + 15 degrees: 15 degrees and + 30 degrees; 30 degrees and +45 degrees and so forth until plus 180 degrees: and 0 degrees and -15 degrees: 15 degrees and -30 degrees and -45 degrees and so forth until -180 degrees.

Tour

An arranged trip from one point of origin to one or more places and back.

Tour Base Fare

A reduced fare available on specified dates and between specific points to passengers who purchase a tour package from a tour operator. The reduced air fare used to assemble an Inclusive Tour Package. It is only available to tour operators.

Tour Escort/ Conductor

An individual who accompanies a group of travelers from the origin point to the destination(s) and back, in order to handle all travel details, look after the well-being of the travelers and manage the tour.

Tour Group

At least ten or fifteen people traveling together on the same itinerary organized by a tour operator.

Tour Guide

An individual who, either is an employee or an affiliate of a licensed tour operator, accompanies tourists, both foreign and domestic, for a fee, commission or any other form of lawful remuneration on local sightseeing excursion to provide pertinent commentaries, and look after their general wellbeing.

Tour Operator

A travel entity or company that operates assembled tour packages, made up of transportation services, accommodations and meals, and guide or tour escort services.

Tour Organizer

An individual who organizes tour package for the members of an organization, social club or special interests group.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Tour Package

A tour that includes two or more travel component, to one or more destinations, involving one or more overnight stays.

Tour Voucher

A document issued by a tour operator specifying services to be provided to the bearer, which is surrendered to the supplier in exchange for the services stipulated. It stipulates that all charges incurred therein will be charged to the company issuing the tour voucher.

Tourism Industry

A composite of entities, both in the public and private sectors, engaged in the planning, development, marketing, sales, operations and evaluation of destinations, product and services that cater to the needs of the travelers.

Tourism Product

The composite of tangible and intangible elements centered on specific attractions and activities at a specific destination. To the tourist, the product is perceived or experienced.

Tourist

A traveler whose visit to a destination or attraction lasts for more than twenty-four hours and requires lodging facilities.

Tourist Activity

An element in a tour package that determines the choice of the traveler to experience the tour package.

Tourist Attraction

An element in the tourism product which determines the choice of a tourist to prefer one destination rather than another.

Tourist Bus

A large highway passenger vehicle that provides transportation and sightseeing tour services for passengers travelling as a group or on a tour package. Also termed “motor coach”.

Travel Agency

A commercial establishment where a prospective traveler can secure information, expert advice and make arrangements to travel by air, sea or land to any part of the world.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Travel Representative

A person employed by, or affiliated with, a licensed travel agency, who solicits business from travelers for a fee or commission.

Triple Reduction

A per-person discount, based on the half-twin rate of a tour package, granted to each of the three persons occupying a triple room.

Upgrade

To provide a product or service of higher value than what was paid for.

Unaccompanied Baggage

A passenger’s luggage sent as freight on a separate craft.

Validation

The imprint on a document or ticket with a special stamp that makes it legal.

Voucher

A written communication between one set of accounts and another.

Wait-list

A supplier’s list of customers who seek space on a date that is sold out.

Workshop

A brief, intensive educational program for relatively small group of people in a given field that emphasizes participation in problem solving efforts.

World Wide Web

One aspect of the internet. However, because of its capabilities, it is the internet’s major component. Once on line with a modern browser, anybody can cruise the web that appears on the screen, complete with graphics, text, activity, audio and video.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

References Books Reil G. Cruz. (2000). Principles of Travel and Tourism: Focus On the Philippines Version 2. Tourism Research Philippines. SFDM, Quezon City . ISB 971-92219-0-9 Marc Mancini, Ph.D. (2006). Access: Introduction to Travel and Tourism. Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd. Emerald Avenue, Ortigas Avenue, Pasig City. ISBN-13: 978-981-2656-43-8 _____________, Request Proposal for Travel Management services, 2003. Altinay L & Paraskevas A (2008). Planning research in hospitality and tourism (Butterworth-Heinemann) Amadeus Reservations, Fares and Ticketing Manuals – February 2014 Asia Pacific Tourism Training Institute, Travel Agency Accounting Handout, Quezon City, August 1997 Beaver, A. (2005). A Dictionary of Travel and Tourism Terminology, CABI. Brotherton, B. (2008). Researching Hospitality and Tourism: A Student Guide (Sage Publications), Buhalis, D., (2003). eTourism: Information Technology for Strategic Tourism Management, Pearson. Buhalis, D., and Schertler, W., 1999, Information and Communication Technologies in tourism,Springer-Verlag, Wien-New York, ISBN 3-211-83258-0. Chambers, Erve (Ed.) (1997) Tourism and Culture: An Applied Perspective. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Chang, T.C. (1999) “Local Uniqueness in the Global Village: Heritage Tourism in Singapore” Professional Geographer. Vol. 51, no. 1, p. 91-103.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Claravall, B.G. Travel and Tour Operation in the Philippines, Paper Design Corner, Manila, Philippines. 2007. Collins V. R., (Ed) (2008) The Tourism Society's Dictionary for Tourism Industry. New York Printing Press. E. Murer, Internet for Retail Travel Industry, Thomson Delmar Learning, 2003. ENTER'98 Conference Proceedings, Istanbul, Springer-Verlag, WienNew York. Fesenmaier D., Klein, S., and Buhalis, D., 2000, Information & Communication Technologies in Tourism, ENTER'2000, Springer-Verlag, Wien-New York, ISBN 3-211-83483-4. Fesenmaier, D., Werthner, H., Wober, K, 2006, Destination Recommendation Systems: Behavioural Foundations and Applications HB 0851990231, CABI, London. Frew A., (Editor) 2005, Information and Communication Technologies in Tourism: Proceedings of the International Conference in Innsbruck, Austria, Springer-Verlag Vienna ISBN 3-211-24148-5 Gary Inkpen 1998,Information Technology for Travel and Tourism, Longman, ISBN 0-582-31002-4 Harris, R. and J. Howard. (1996) Dictionary of Travel, Tourism and Hospitality. NY: Hospitality Press. Jafari, J. (Ed) 2000.Encyclopedia of Tourism. Routledge. Jenkins, J. and J. Pigrams, (Eds) (2003) Encyclopedia of Leisure and Outdoor: London: Routledge. Jennings, G. (2006) Tourism Research (John Wiley & Sons,Australia). Laudon, K., 2004, E-Commerce: Business. Technology. Society.: Case Book Update, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-321-26937-3 Lawrence, E., Newton, S., Corbitt, B., Braithwaite, R., Parker, C., 2002, Technology of Internet Business, Wiley, Australia.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Lehmann, A.D, Travel and Tourism, Indianiapolis, USA: Bobbs-Merrill Educational Publishing. Libosada Jr., Carlos M. (2010)Domestic Tourism. Anvil Publishing House Inc. Mandaluyong City Marcussen, Carl H. 2006, Internet and Distribution of European Travel Updates, Centre for Regional and Tourism Research, Denmark http://www.crt.dk/UK/Staff/chm/P_CHM.htm McHone, W. Warren Brian Rungeling (2000) “Practical Issues in Measuring the Impact of a Cultural Tourist Event in a Major Tourist Destination.” Journal of Travel Reasearch. Vol. 38, February , p. 299-302. Medik, S. and Butterworth, (ed) (2003) Dictionary of Travel, Tourism and Hospitality. Miller, Julie (1997) “Cultural Tourism Worthy of Note” Hotel and Motel Management. Vol. 212, sept. 1, p. 7. Mills, M. and Rob Law (Editors), 2005, Handbook of Consumer Behaviour,Tourism and the Internet Haworth Press Inc.,U.S. ISBN 0-7890-2599-X Mills, M. and Rob Law (Editors), 2005, Handbook of Consumer Behaviour,Tourism and the Internet Haworth Press Inc.,U.S. ISBN 0-7890-2599-X Nyheim, P., McFadden, F., Connolly, D.,2005, Technology Strategies For The Hospitality Industry, Pearson-Prentice Hall, New Jersey. OAG Executive Flight Planner, OAG Worldwide, Church Street, Dunstable, Bedfordshire, LU5 $HB, UK Obando, R.J., LSM Asia Pacific Manning & Training Conference, Manila, 19-21 November 2001. O'Connor P., 2004,Using Computers in Hospitality Thomson Learning ISBN 1-84480-045-8 Passenger Air Tariff, IATA Netherlands, 1118 ZR Amsterdam Schipol Airport, The Netherlands.

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

Philippine Travel Agencies Association, Travel Handbook, Pasay City: PTTA, 2010. Pizam, A. and A. Elsevier (Ed) (2005) International Encyclopedia of Hospitality Management. Routledge. Poon, A., 1993, Tourism, Technology And Competitive Strategies, Oxford: CAB International. Porter, M, 2001, Strategy and the Internet, Harvard Business Review, March, pp. 62–78 Quillen, Ed. (1997) “Cultural Tourism for Fun and Profit. “ The Denver Post. May 6, p. B-9. Rojek, C. and J. Urry (Eds.) (1997) Touring Culture: transformations of Travel and Theory. London and New York: Routledge. Sheldon, P.J. Wöber,K., Fesenmaier D.R. (Eds) 2001, Information and Communication Technologies in Tourism 2001: Proceedings of the International Conference in Montreal, Canada, 2001: Springer-Verlag Vienna ISBN 3-211-83649-7 Smith, S. (2010) Practical Tourism Research (CABI). Starr N. and S. Norwood, (1996) The Traveler's World: A Dictionary of Industry and Destination Literacy. Prenctice Hall. Veal, A. J, (2006) Research Methods for Leisure and Tourism: A Practical Guide, 3rd ed (Prentice Hall), Vival, Victor R. (2010) Principles of Tourism. Anvil Publishing House Inc. Mandaluyong City ISBN 978-971-27-2267-7 (np) ISBN 978971-27-2363-6 (bp) Werthner, H. and Klein, S., (1999) Information Technology and Tourism-A Challenging Relationship, Springer, New York. Wöber, K.W. A.J. Frew M. Hitz (Editors) 2002, Information and Communication Technologies in Tourism 2002:Springer-Verlag Vienna ISBN 3-211-83780-9

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

WTO, 1999,Marketing Tourism Destinations Online:Strategies For The Information Age, World Tourism Organization,Madrid. WTO,2001, eBusiness for Tourism: Practical; Guidelines For Destinations And Businesses, Madrid: World Tourism Organisation.

Electronic Resources 

General Sources: http://3.bp.blogspot.comHihWGeNIwbI/Ut3TNfciWuI/AAAAAAAAOiU/C 6XVuqAnFcU/s1600/1.png https://www2.nbta.org/usa/about/Pages/TheValueofTravelManagement .aspx http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Downloadable%20Files/RA%209593.pdf http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Pages/20091015TourismActof2009.aspx http://www.tesda.gov.ph/inc/files/CBC%20Travel%20Services%20NC %20II.doc http://www.academia.edu/5236691/Discussion_1_Prelims_ http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/c/constant_representation_of_6_ stages_using_arrows_vision_flowchart_templates_powerpoint_ slides_1.jpg http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/h/hands_emphasizing_7_stages _process_flow_chart_powerpoint_slides_1.jpg http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/3/3d_successive_arrows_6_stag es_flowchart_powerpoint_free_slides_1.jpg http://vigattintourism.com/assets/article_main_photos/optimize/134828 65300D0UPluG.jpg http://adventuroj.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/ilocos-tour.jpg

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10



Department of Foreign Affairs: www.dfa.gov.ph



Discover Philippines (Northern Mindanao): http://www.wowphilippines.ca/index.php/destinations/mindanao/norther n-mindanao



About Philippine Tourism http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Downloadable%20Files/Chap3%20Philippin e%20Tourism%20Industry.pdf http://www.tourism.gov.ph/SitePages/functions.aspx



About Private Sectors: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_airlines_of_the_Philippines http://www.nscb.gov.ph/secstat/d_trans.asp http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_transport_in_the_Philippines http://www.ppa.com.ph/ppa%20web/portstat.htm http://www.sunstar.com.ph/manila/local-news/2012/12/24/big-three-oilplayers-total-hike-gasoline-prices-259934 http://setupmyhotel.com/about-hotel-industry/classification-of-hotelsby-there-type.html http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Types_of_restaurant http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cafeterias http://infoasaid.org/guide/philippines/media-overview



Business Permit/Accreditation Requirements: http://www.dti.gov.ph/dti/uploads/file/BRR-Travel%20Agency.pdf



About National Historical Commission of the Philippines: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/National_Historical_Commission_of_the_Ph ilippines http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_historical_markers_in_the_Philippin es



About Types of Tourism: http://www.asiatravel.com/philfestival.html http://www.experiencephilippines.org/adventures-tourism/ http://en.wikipilipinas.org/index.php?title=Ecotourism_in_the_Philippine s

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Philippine_dishes http://www.rxpinoy.com/medicaltourismphilippines/v2/showstage.php?pti=2&ac=none 

About Reading and Interpret Map: http://www.slideshare.net/TriciaMowat/geo-skills-2-parts-of-a-map http://geography.about.com/od/understandmaps/a/map-types.htmv http://geography.answers.com/maps/different-types-of-maps-and-theiruses



About World Geography: http://www.airnzagent.co.nz/iata-areas-map http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/North_America http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_America http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_America http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middle_East http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oceania



Internet in Travel Industry: http://www.statisticbrain.com/internet-travel-hotel-booking-statistics/ http://www.eyefortravel.com/mobile-andtechnology/%E2%80%9Ctechnology%E2%80%99s-brisk-pacehas-propelled-travel-agents-constantly-redefine-their http://epubs.surrey.ac.uk/1126/1/fulltext.pdf



About Global Distribution System: http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-3-from-computerreservation-systems-to-global-distribution-systems http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-4-introduction-toamadeus http://www.travelport.com/Products/Worldspan-Go http://www.travelport.com/Corporate-Site/Solutions/TravelAgencies/Overview

LM-Travel Services

Grade 10

http://www.sabreairlinesolutions.com/home/ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sabre_%28computer_system%29 http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-3-from-computerreservation-systems-to-global-distribution-systems http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galileo_CRS 

The Amadeus Global Distribution System Manual: http://www.air.flyingway.com/books/amadeus/Amadeus_Guide.pdf